<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Darkaros</id>
	<title>The Battle for Wesnoth Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Darkaros"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/Special:Contributions/Darkaros"/>
	<updated>2026-05-20T08:29:38Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.16</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=Timeline_of_Wesnoth&amp;diff=30637</id>
		<title>Timeline of Wesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=Timeline_of_Wesnoth&amp;diff=30637"/>
		<updated>2009-05-31T20:25:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* 25-40 YW */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a chronological history of the country of Wesnoth and surrounding regions, gleaned from written accounts and verbal histories passed down through the generations.  Portions of entries surrounded by parentheses and containing a question mark are assumed or unconfirmed information.  The history is sorted by era, and within the era by date, using the Foundation of Wesnoth as a base.  BW=Before Wesnoth, YW=Years Wesnoth.  They function the same way as BC and AD do in our timekeeping system. Each of the eras is summarized before the timeline for that era begins.  This history of the Great Continent is a subject of active scholarship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The world that Wesnoth resides in is called Irdya.  Before the Fall and the (unchronicled) technological age, this name is only rarely used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler warning!'''&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains plot spoilers to several campaigns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Prehistory - 20 YW: The Founding of Wesnoth|The Founding of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#20-130 YW: The Taming of the Wild|The Taming of the Wild]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#200-350 YW: The Golden Age of Wesnoth|The Golden Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#350-417 YW: The First Dark Age of Wesnoth|The First Dark Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#417-530 YW: The Turmoil of Asheviere|The Turmoil of Asheviere]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#530-630 YW: The Age of Fear|The Age of Fear]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#628-673 YW: The Silver Age of Wesnoth|The Silver Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#761-816 YW: The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun|The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#After the Fall|After the Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prehistory - 20 YW: The Founding of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
During the age of the Founding of Wesnoth, there were two important geographic locations, these being the Green Isle and the Great Continent. Haldric is the main historical figure at this time. This age ends with the founding of Wesnoth as a country in the Great Continent, and with Orcs attacking both elves and men from the sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prehistory ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth of the world. (''And then, Dave said &amp;quot;Let there be light.&amp;quot; And there was light.'')&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves and Dwarves inhabit the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans inhabit the distant West.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric's people colonise the Green Isle from a continent further to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 200 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lich-Lords arrive on the Green Isle after losing a war in the distant West.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a long war Haldric's people come to dominate the Green Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
* The 'Wesfolk' and their Lich-Lords are pushed onto marginal lands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 12 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Crown Prince of Southbay discovers the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 11-7 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Crown Prince makes several voyages between the Green Isle and the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Following these voyages to the Great Continent, the elder Crown Prince falls ill and dies.&lt;br /&gt;
* His younger brother is implicated in a plot to kill him.&lt;br /&gt;
* As a distraction the younger Prince starts a war with the Wesfolk and their Lich-Lords.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lich-Lords sense they will be destroyed and open gates to the homeland of the Orcs in the West.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5-2 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Green Isle is overrun with Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Wesfolk desert their Lich-Lords as they fear becoming prey for the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Haldric leads the evacuation of the survivors to the Great Continent. '''The Rise of Wesnoth''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Human settlers, led by Prince Haldric, arrive at the western coast of the Great Continent (the landfall occurs in the future Bay of Pearls) in large numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans arrive in the middle of a simmering dispute between the Elves and Dwarves.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Elves and Dwarves are distrustful of humans, and there is a small skirmish.&lt;br /&gt;
* Messengers from Wesmere Forest come and ask Haldric to come before the Ka'lian.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Haldric asks the Four Elvish Lords (Dionli, Logalmier, Aryad, and El'Isomithir) for help and land.&lt;br /&gt;
* They set before him four quests to prove his worth, which he completes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric is granted the plains north and south of the Great River.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric agrees to a Pact of Mutual Defence with the Elves, but the Ka'lian decides it will betray him and allow humans and orcs to exhaust each other in war if the opportunity presents. Haldric, learning of this, considers the Pact a dead letter.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Ruby of Fire is temporarily hidden, and the lich-lord Jevyan is deceived into believing it is held by the Elves. &lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric founds the country of Wesnoth in the central plain south of the great River.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reign of Haldric I begins.  '''The Rise of Wesnoth''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs, following the ships fleeing from the Green Isle, begin to arrive on the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
* These Orcs are defeated by Haldric's forces.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some of the Orcish survivors flee back to the Green Isle, others move to attack the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* King Haldric helps the Elves fight the surviving Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* A second wave of Orcs arrive from the Green Isle; these Orcs begin claiming large portions of the northern Great Continent for themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erlonas of Wesmere is involved in the first direct elvish clash with orcs ('''An Orcish Incursion''' takes place in 8-9YW).&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric I publicly repudiates the Pact he spoke with the Elves, refusing to give aid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 9-11 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Many Elves are killed in battle by the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elvish emissaries are turned away from Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 12 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz escapes an orcish invasion of his home in Lintanir Forest.  '''The Legend of Wesmere''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs fail to take the Wesmere Forest and instead march down the coast, devastating human settlements there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves refuse to aid the Humans in confronting the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Human refugees from the coastal settlements relocate in what will become known as the Great Central Plain.  Dan'Tonk, which will become Wesnoth's largest city, is founded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric I dies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans and elves decisively defeat the orcs at Weslath, thus halting the orcish advance.&lt;br /&gt;
* A new treaty between humans and elves is signed and King Haldric II allows emissaries of the Elves to return to Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves inform Haldric II of the danger posed by the unshielded Ruby of Fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 20-130 YW: The Taming of the Wild ==&lt;br /&gt;
This era is that in which the kingdom of Wesnoth expanded and defined its borders, and settled the area which it had claimed for its own. The Taming of the Wild refers to the settling of the unsettled lands, as well as to the colonization of the Northlands. The end of this era is marked by friction between the city-state of Elensefar and the country of Wesnoth, which will continue for the next several hundred years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 23 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz and Landar, later to become successive High Lords of the Elves, are able to sneak into orcish camp by stealth and assassinate the Great Chief. A long orcish civil war for succession follows. The orcs are unable to undertake action against any other race during this period and Wesnoth enjoys a long period during which it can expand with little opposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 24 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz is relieved of command by the Ka'lian.  He retires to Lintanir Forest with Cleodil.  A faction of xenophobic elves begins to gether around Landar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 25-40 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* In 25 YW Haldric II sends an expedition to retrieve the Ruby of Fire from its place of concealment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric II commissions a Dwarven tribe to build the Scepter of Fire with the Ruby of Fire as its centerpiece; Elves associated with Landar's faction attack during the transfer. '''Scepter of Fire''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* Action of '''The Scepter of Fire''' takes place.  Haldric II is informed that the Scepter was both completed and lost in the year 40.  It will not be recovered for nearly 500 years.&lt;br /&gt;
* With the death of Thursagan, the Runemaster, all runemasters are killed and runesmithing is lost for several centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 26-50 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Landar declares himself High Lord of the Elves, leading to civil war.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 50-93 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Elvish civil war (and '''The Legend of Wesmere''') ends.  Kalenz declared High Lord, begins reorganizing and militarizing Elvish society to fight the orcs.  In late 93 YW he cedes control to a reconstituted Ka'lian and retires again to the Forest of Lintanir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 121 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcish civil war sputters to a halt. Raids on elves and humans resume.  Period of uncontested human expansion ends, but the Wesnothian Army is more than equal to any of its opponents in battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 122 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* City of Elensefar is sacked by orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meneldur, a sailor of Elensefar, sets out on a quest to regain the city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 123 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar is retaken by Meneldur along with Undead from the Green Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar becomes an independent city-state for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 161-164 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The newly crowned king sought to make safe once and for all the wildlands that separated the human cities surrounding Weldyn and the coastal regions of Elensefar.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grand army of Wesnoth, personally led by the High Council of Archmagi, destroyed all enemies residing within Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* The city-state of Elensefar is formally united to the kingdom. Settlements from it spread north of the river into the new frontier province of Annuvin, carefully avoiding the margins of Wesmere Forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 164-176 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* During this twelve year span, the western fortress of Halstead was erected in the very heart of the western wilderlands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 199 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Emboldened by the far-reaching arm of Halstead's protection, settlement in the west explodes&lt;br /&gt;
* The cities of Aldril and Carcyn grow to become major cities, the first as an important port due to its position on the Bay of Pearls, and the second as a stop on the road to Elensefar and military outpost along the Great River&lt;br /&gt;
* Settlers from Carcyn cross the Great River to establish the first settlements north of it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 200-350 YW: The Golden Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Golden Age of Wesnoth was the time of the great kings, and of peace and prosperity within the kingdom. The Orcs had suffered a grave defeat at the hands of Wesnoth and Elensefar seventy-five years earlier, so they did not pose much of a threat, and whenever they did attack they were quickly defeated. This allowed the army to lessen in size, and the kings of this age to undertake the great public works they are renowned for. The era ends when the king of Wesnoth dies without an heir, and a new dynasty begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 251 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Cleodil, wife of Kalenz, dies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 350 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Disintegration of the Kingdom follows the death of Haldric IV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar remains a province of Wesnoth but exerts increasing independence due to isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treaty between lord of Elensefar and king of Wesnoth signed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 350-417 YW: The First Dark Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
The first Dark Age was a time of strife and invasion. When Haldric IV died, he left Wesnoth without a king, and the next 70 years were marked by short-lived dynasties, attacks by ever more aggressive orcs, and the further separation of Wesnoth and Elensefar. The Dark Age ended when Garard I took the throne, and began a new dynasty that would last for several hundred years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 353 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Village of Maghre terrorized by a minor necromancer. Action of '''A Tale of Two Brothers''' takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 360 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Malin Keshar born in Parthyn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 363 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Last of Kalenz's children dies.  Kalenz, condemned to outlive his offspring by the potion of Crelanu, leaves the Forest of Lintanir and begins wandering the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 389 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard, a future king of Wesnoth, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
* Malin Keshar returns to Parthyn from the Academy at Alduin. '''Descent Into Darkness''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 417-530 YW: The Turmoil of Asheviere ==&lt;br /&gt;
King Garard's dynasty was long-lived and productive, but it was also punctuated by significant turmoil: the end of the first king's rain was marred by orcish and undead raids, and the second was murdered by his own wife and son. It was not until 517 YW that the usurpation of the throne by Queen Mother Asheviere was ended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 417 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Ending years of strife and division, Garard I seizes the throne and becomes king of Wesnoth, beginning the [[Garardine Dynasty]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 440 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown Prince Garard II is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 442 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador, later called &amp;quot;the Great&amp;quot;, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 450 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Arand is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 468 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zorlan become Great Chief of the northern orcs&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador graduates from the Great Academy. '''Delfador's Memoirs''' begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 470 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard I dies; Garard II ascends to the throne of Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs under Great Chief Zorlan and undead raised by the necromancer Iliah-Malal raid Wesnoth's borders. All but the first and last scenarios of '''Delfador's Memoirs''' take place in this year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Control of the Estmarks is effectively lost during this war, not to be regained for decades.  Outposts are built on the near side of the Weldyn to repel orc raids.  The long watch of the River Guard begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 478 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard II marries Asheviere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard issues the Edict of the Scepter, providing that the crown shall settle after his death on whichever member of the royal family successfully retrieves it from the Caverns of Flame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 480 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown Prince Eldred is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 483 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Erain and Ethyn, identical twins and brothers of Eldred, are born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 498 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess Li'sar is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 500 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Konrad is born, the youngest of several sons of Prince Arand.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth and the orcs of the north go to war.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 501 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Betrayal on the battlefield =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard leads his army to orc encampment at Galcadar by the Ford of Abez.&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard's forces split into two groups, one led by himself and the other by his son Eldred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred betrays his father and attacks him with the troops under his control.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred slays King Garard and his uncle Prince Arand on the battlefield of Abez.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Reprisal =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador escapes the battle and heads to Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred gives tribute to the Orcish king, who stops his attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador gathers a force of Loyalists to avenge Garard's Death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred's forces confront Delfador's Loyalists at Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Loyalists are defeated, but Eldred is slain by Delfador in the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Asheviere seizes power =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheviere orders the slaughter of Garard's nephews and declares herself Queen of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hearing of the news Delfador infiltrates the palace.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador finds the youngest prince Konrad as he is slain.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador flees, taking Konrad's body for burial to the land of the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* While traveling through Wesnoth, Elf Lady Parandra finds an orphaned human child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parandra and Delfador agree to give the orphan the identity of Prince Konrad.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador and Konrad flee to live in refuge with the Wood Elves of the great southwestern forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The country resists Asheviere =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar refuses to submit to Asheviere and declares itself an independent city-state.&lt;br /&gt;
* After several defeats, Wesnoth's army retreats from the remote areas of the kingdom.  The western Wesnothian border recedes, is fixed, and remains heavily defended.&lt;br /&gt;
* As a result of the loyalist withdrawal, several small human communities on the west coast of the Great Continent live in relative independence while elves flourish in the great forest to the southwest of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* A band of Wesnoth citizens organizes resistance to Asheviere's siezure of power.  They are eventually forced to abandon their home and settle in the Three Sisters ('''Liberty''').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 502-517 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador raises Konrad under the protection of the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 517 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheviere hires Orcish forces to hunt down her nephew-in-law Konrad.&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcish forces converge on Delfador's refuge.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad flees his home with the elves and embark upon a quest to regain the throne of Wesnoth.  '''Heir To The Throne''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 518 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad crosses the Great River into the Northlands on a search for the Sceptre of Fire.&lt;br /&gt;
* They enter the Caves of Knalga, allied with Princess Li'sar, and find it.&lt;br /&gt;
* They return to Wesnoth and claim the throne.  '''Heir to the Throne''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 522 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth of Princess Ana'sar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 530 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnothian colonists begin reclaiming the Estmarks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 544 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* With both sides of the lower Weldyn River again civilized territory, the River Guard posts south of Soradoc are abandoned.  Wesnothian military activity shifts eastward into the Estmarks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 530-630 YW: The Age of Fear ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Age of Fear takes its names from the events of the end of the era. On the surface, the first 90 years were every uneventful. However, during this time unexplainable magical events took place, especially in the eastern lands. Previously tamed lands were slowly claimed by wilderness as fear and paranoia gradually overshadowed the spirit of pioneering and adventure displayed earlier in Wesnoth's history. In the last 10 years of the age, Wesnoth bore the brunt of the most powerful Undead attack ever and was nearly destroyed. By the end of the era, most of Wesnoth had been made barren, most of the great buildings inside and outside of Weldyn were razed, and the population of Wesnoth was half of what it had been.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was in this era that certain areas of the chaotic Northlands were for the first time put into any kind of law and order. A small group of humans and dwarves, accepting anyone of any race who wished to join, formed themselves into the &amp;quot;Northern Alliance”, with the vision of making the Northlands safe to live in. Over time, this alliance grew slowly but steadily in power. By the end of the era, the alliance had succeeded in making a few small areas, including Knalga and the surrounding regions, stable and prosperous. Consequently, many people evacuated from the wasteland that most of Wesnoth had become and moved north - depleting the population of Wesnoth still further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 533 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador succumbs to old age and dies, his body is entombed alongside his staff in Eregonor.&lt;br /&gt;
* The next great sage of Wesnoth, Dacyn, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 534 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The small community of Dwarven Doors, in the Northlands just outside Knalga, rebels against the Orcish overlords.  '''Northern Rebirth''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* The residents, led by Tallin, head underground and find dwarves, whom they ally with.&lt;br /&gt;
* Their combined forces destroy a lich who is attempting to claim Knalga as his own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 535 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The warlord-aspirant Rakshas attacks Tallin and his forces, but does not penetrate the dwarves' defences.&lt;br /&gt;
* To help defeat the orcs, Tallin secures the help of two Liches, and rescues an elvish princess to secure the help of the elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assisted by his new allies, Tallin smashes the forces of Rakshas.&lt;br /&gt;
* According to some historians, Tallin and the elvish princess are married; others say they parted in bad blood.&lt;br /&gt;
* To preserve the new-found peace in the Northlands, Tallin and his allies form the Northern Alliance.  '''Northern Rebirth''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 550 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lord Hamel of Knalga sends an expedition to Kal Kartha to determine the fate of the Hammer of Thursagan ('''The Hammer of Thursagan''' takes place in late 550 YW to early 551 YW.).&lt;br /&gt;
* Dwarves at Knalga and elsewhere  begin to reclaim the lost art of runesmithing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnothian colonization expands southward past Fort Tahn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 563 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad and Li'sar die after an extraordinarily long reign.&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess Ana'sar becomes queen.&lt;br /&gt;
* The seer Galdren becomes prominent at the court of Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 585 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen Ana'sar retires.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric VII becomes king of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 589 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn the White Mage and Ravanal, an eastern wizard, compete to be the king's advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
* The seer Galdren dies after advising Haldric VII to choose Dacyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* The king does as Galdren advises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 593 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Ravanal reveals that he has turned to evil, and flees from Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II is born.&lt;br /&gt;
* Certain southern frontier regions are formally annexed to the Kingdom of Wesnoth as the Province of Kerlath.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 598 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* South Guard organized as  a semi-detached formation of the Royal Army, to protect the inhabitants of the frontier province of Kerlath.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 607 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* South Guard ceases reporting.  Haldric VII sends Deoran, son of Haldiel, to investigate.  '''The South Guard''' takes place in 607-608 YW.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 612 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric VII dies. Konrad II is crowned King of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn continues his duties as advisor with Konrad II.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 625 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mysterious disappearances of livestock and peasants cause partial evacuation of the the '''Estmark Hills'''.  Lords of the Horse Plains report increased banditry from there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II sends Dacyn with Owaec and Gweddry to man the old River Guard strongpoints. '''Eastern Invasion''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 626 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mal-Ravanal attacks the middle outpost where Gweddry and Dacyn are stationed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn and Gweddry travel to the northern outpost, and, with Owaec, retreat into the northlands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 627 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth's last defences are broken and the undead march on Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
* In the northlands, the orcs drive Gweddry's army back across the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* Weldyn is besieged.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gweddry breaks through undead lines to reach Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* A council is held.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gweddry's army is fortunate and kills Mal-Ravanal.  '''Eastern Invasion''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth is saved, but large portions have been laid waste by the undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 628-673 YW: The Silver Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Silver Age, or restoration of the Wesnothian kingdom, essentially coincides with the rest of the long and successful reign of Konrad II.  During this period Wesnoth largely recovered from the damage that Mal-Ravanal's undead attack had done. It would, however, never quite regain the majesty it had at the height of its power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northlands, aided by a second wave of colonization north from Wesnoth, become more civilised and stable. Although nowhere near as prosperous as Wesnoth was during its Golden Age, the Northlands developed towns of significant size and a thriving - if somewhat dangerous - trade network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four major powers soon came to dominate much of the Northlands. First there were the dwarves, who controlled most of the mountains and a vast array of underground tunnels and caverns. To the east, shrouded in mystery, lay the Elvish forests which continued to be inaccessible to anyone not of elvish blood. The remaining landscape was dominated either by orcish tribes, or independent human earldoms. As competition for the land grew fierce, wars smoldered between human and orcish forces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 628-635 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II begins his attempt to rebuild Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 673 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II dies, bringing the [[Garardine Dynasty]] to an end.  Second Wesnothian civil war begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 761-816 YW: The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After decades of struggle, Black-Eye Karun becomes the first warlord since the assassination of Great Chief Brurbar in 23 YW to unite all the different squabbling orcish tribes under his banner. Among his many accomplishments as a Sovereign, his most famous is the creation of the Great Council. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karun was a far-sighted individual and he knew that after his death the orcish tribes would once again turn to fighting among themselves, with little he could do to prevent that and consequent peril from the Wesnothians and elves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consequently, Karun selected from among all the different tribes six of the most sober and wisest orcs and thus created the Great Council. It was the Great Council's job to stay aloof from any tribal or territorial squabbling amongst the orcs, but yet always remain there to give advice to whomever came to seek it. In order to preserve the orcish race in the event of an emergency, he invested in them the power to call up The Great Horde. It was established that every orc, no matter what tribe he came from, must obey the summons of The Great Horde and follow wholeheartedly the leader that the Great Council put at the head of The Great Horde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===816 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* Rahul I (Lord Protector of the Northern Alliance) and Black Eye Karun sign a peace treaty ending a 15 year war between the humans and the orcs. Soon after this Karun, is ambushed and killed in mysterious circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===842 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* War once again breaks out between the orcish tribes and the northern human earldoms as humans break the long standing treaty and attempt to colonise orcish lands. In response, the Great Council set up by the Black Eye Karun calls upon The Great Horde and bestows leadership of it upon Kapou’e; '''Son of the Black Eye''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===843 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* Half of the Great Council is treacherously slain by the allied human forces and orcish unity disintegrates. Faced with the extermination of all the orcs on the Great Continent, Kapou’e forcibly asserts his control over the orcish territories and defeats the enemy forces. The Northern Alliance arrives on the scene in time for the final battle and helps Kapou’e defeat the forces of the northern earldoms, who had broken the treaty. Kapou’e then assumes the position of Sovereign over the northern tribes, and his rule ushers in an unprecedented era of unity and prosperity for the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===852 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
*Kapou’e repels a large elvish invasion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===858 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The humans once again stage an invasion but prove to be no match for the united orcish forces under the leadership of Kapou’e.  '''Son of the Black Eye''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==After the Fall==&lt;br /&gt;
At some unknown point in the future, an unspeakable cataclysm scorched the surface of the lands. Forests died, hills turned into rocky wastelands and fields became barren deserts. In the apocalypse allies turned against each other and friends fought over what few resources remained. The great nations were destroyed, and huge numbers of people died. Still amidst the chaos somehow small groups of people survived, sheltered in hidden places. In this post-apocalyptic world survival is a daily struggle as a few remaining tribes eke out an existence among the ruins of fallen empires. Heroic bands of elves, nomadic refugee humans, savage hordes of orcs and dark necromancers all forge new lives under the merciless dual suns, Sela and Naia, of this new Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===??? Post-Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth elves adapt to life in barren world of the Great Southern Desert. Over time they lost their affinity for the woodlands of their ancestry and embrace life in the sandy wastelands.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under the leadership of Tanuil, the Quenoth elves build and sustain a fortified village around a rare oasis. The village thrives amidst the hostilities of the desert.&lt;br /&gt;
* One night, a meteor storm rains from the sky and destroys the village of the Quenoth elves. The next day, Tanuil, like many others, is missing and presumed dead. Kalehssar (Kaleh), nephew of Tanuil, takes leadership of the remaining Quenoth elves as the surviving next of kin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh, heeding the voice of his god Eloh in his dreams, gathers the remaining Quenoth elves and leads them north to a new promised land, foregoing rebuilding of their desert village.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth elves battle their way north through Undead, Orcs, Bandits and other evil, venturing underground beneath a large mountain range at the command of Eloh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Befriending unexpected allies underground, Kaleh's forces survive to the other side of the mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
* Keratur, son of Tanuil and survivor of the cataclysm, insane with fright attacks Kaleh. Kaleh defeats Keratur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh defies commands given him by a vision of Eloh.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth reach the ocean. Aided by Merfolk, they escape the mainland and head for a newly discovered island, a place where the Quenoth may settle in peace.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the island, the Quenoth confront Yechnagoth, the Eater of Souls and impersonator of Eloh. Yechnagoth and army are destroyed by the Quenoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh and the elves settle on their newfound, and newly named, Quenoth Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Timelined by Kamahawk and Turin.  Revised to incorporate material from later version of Legend of Wesmere and reconcile different versions of the history of the Scepter of Fire by Eric S. Raymond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* History derived from:&lt;br /&gt;
** Eastern Invasion&lt;br /&gt;
** Heir to the Throne&lt;br /&gt;
** Legend of Wesmere&lt;br /&gt;
** Liberty&lt;br /&gt;
** Northern Rebirth&lt;br /&gt;
** The Hammer of Thursagan&lt;br /&gt;
** The Rise of Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
** Under the Burning Suns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting details derived from:&lt;br /&gt;
** Invasion from the Unknown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Geography of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Poetry of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Races]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FactionHistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:World of Wesnoth]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=Timeline_of_Wesnoth&amp;diff=30636</id>
		<title>Timeline of Wesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=Timeline_of_Wesnoth&amp;diff=30636"/>
		<updated>2009-05-31T20:24:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* 25-40 YW */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a chronological history of the country of Wesnoth and surrounding regions, gleaned from written accounts and verbal histories passed down through the generations.  Portions of entries surrounded by parentheses and containing a question mark are assumed or unconfirmed information.  The history is sorted by era, and within the era by date, using the Foundation of Wesnoth as a base.  BW=Before Wesnoth, YW=Years Wesnoth.  They function the same way as BC and AD do in our timekeeping system. Each of the eras is summarized before the timeline for that era begins.  This history of the Great Continent is a subject of active scholarship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The world that Wesnoth resides in is called Irdya.  Before the Fall and the (unchronicled) technological age, this name is only rarely used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler warning!'''&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains plot spoilers to several campaigns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Prehistory - 20 YW: The Founding of Wesnoth|The Founding of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#20-130 YW: The Taming of the Wild|The Taming of the Wild]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#200-350 YW: The Golden Age of Wesnoth|The Golden Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#350-417 YW: The First Dark Age of Wesnoth|The First Dark Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#417-530 YW: The Turmoil of Asheviere|The Turmoil of Asheviere]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#530-630 YW: The Age of Fear|The Age of Fear]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#628-673 YW: The Silver Age of Wesnoth|The Silver Age of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#761-816 YW: The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun|The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#After the Fall|After the Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prehistory - 20 YW: The Founding of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
During the age of the Founding of Wesnoth, there were two important geographic locations, these being the Green Isle and the Great Continent. Haldric is the main historical figure at this time. This age ends with the founding of Wesnoth as a country in the Great Continent, and with Orcs attacking both elves and men from the sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prehistory ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth of the world. (''And then, Dave said &amp;quot;Let there be light.&amp;quot; And there was light.'')&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves and Dwarves inhabit the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans inhabit the distant West.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric's people colonise the Green Isle from a continent further to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 200 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lich-Lords arrive on the Green Isle after losing a war in the distant West.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a long war Haldric's people come to dominate the Green Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
* The 'Wesfolk' and their Lich-Lords are pushed onto marginal lands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 12 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Crown Prince of Southbay discovers the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 11-7 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Crown Prince makes several voyages between the Green Isle and the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 6 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Following these voyages to the Great Continent, the elder Crown Prince falls ill and dies.&lt;br /&gt;
* His younger brother is implicated in a plot to kill him.&lt;br /&gt;
* As a distraction the younger Prince starts a war with the Wesfolk and their Lich-Lords.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lich-Lords sense they will be destroyed and open gates to the homeland of the Orcs in the West.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 5-2 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The Green Isle is overrun with Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Wesfolk desert their Lich-Lords as they fear becoming prey for the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Haldric leads the evacuation of the survivors to the Great Continent. '''The Rise of Wesnoth''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1 BW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Human settlers, led by Prince Haldric, arrive at the western coast of the Great Continent (the landfall occurs in the future Bay of Pearls) in large numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans arrive in the middle of a simmering dispute between the Elves and Dwarves.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Elves and Dwarves are distrustful of humans, and there is a small skirmish.&lt;br /&gt;
* Messengers from Wesmere Forest come and ask Haldric to come before the Ka'lian.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Haldric asks the Four Elvish Lords (Dionli, Logalmier, Aryad, and El'Isomithir) for help and land.&lt;br /&gt;
* They set before him four quests to prove his worth, which he completes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric is granted the plains north and south of the Great River.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric agrees to a Pact of Mutual Defence with the Elves, but the Ka'lian decides it will betray him and allow humans and orcs to exhaust each other in war if the opportunity presents. Haldric, learning of this, considers the Pact a dead letter.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Ruby of Fire is temporarily hidden, and the lich-lord Jevyan is deceived into believing it is held by the Elves. &lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric founds the country of Wesnoth in the central plain south of the great River.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reign of Haldric I begins.  '''The Rise of Wesnoth''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs, following the ships fleeing from the Green Isle, begin to arrive on the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
* These Orcs are defeated by Haldric's forces.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some of the Orcish survivors flee back to the Green Isle, others move to attack the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* King Haldric helps the Elves fight the surviving Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 8 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* A second wave of Orcs arrive from the Green Isle; these Orcs begin claiming large portions of the northern Great Continent for themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Erlonas of Wesmere is involved in the first direct elvish clash with orcs ('''An Orcish Incursion''' takes place in 8-9YW).&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric I publicly repudiates the Pact he spoke with the Elves, refusing to give aid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 9-11 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Many Elves are killed in battle by the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elvish emissaries are turned away from Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 12 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz escapes an orcish invasion of his home in Lintanir Forest.  '''The Legend of Wesmere''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs fail to take the Wesmere Forest and instead march down the coast, devastating human settlements there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves refuse to aid the Humans in confronting the Orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Human refugees from the coastal settlements relocate in what will become known as the Great Central Plain.  Dan'Tonk, which will become Wesnoth's largest city, is founded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 20 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric I dies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
* Humans and elves decisively defeat the orcs at Weslath, thus halting the orcish advance.&lt;br /&gt;
* A new treaty between humans and elves is signed and King Haldric II allows emissaries of the Elves to return to Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elves inform Haldric II of the danger posed by the unshielded Ruby of Fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 20-130 YW: The Taming of the Wild ==&lt;br /&gt;
This era is that in which the kingdom of Wesnoth expanded and defined its borders, and settled the area which it had claimed for its own. The Taming of the Wild refers to the settling of the unsettled lands, as well as to the colonization of the Northlands. The end of this era is marked by friction between the city-state of Elensefar and the country of Wesnoth, which will continue for the next several hundred years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 23 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz and Landar, later to become successive High Lords of the Elves, are able to sneak into orcish camp by stealth and assassinate the Great Chief. A long orcish civil war for succession follows. The orcs are unable to undertake action against any other race during this period and Wesnoth enjoys a long period during which it can expand with little opposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 24 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Kalenz is relieved of command by the Ka'lian.  He retires to Lintanir Forest with Cleodil.  A faction of xenophobic elves begins to gether around Landar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 25-40 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* In 25 YW Haldric II sends an expedition to retrieve the Ruby of Fire from its place of concealment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric II commissions a Dwarven tribe to build the Scepter of Fire with the Ruby of Fire as its centerpiece; Elves associated with Landar's faction attack during the transfer. '''Scepter of Fire''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* Action of '''The Scepter of Fire''' takes place.  Haldric II is informed that the Scepter was both completed and lost in the year 40.  It will not be recovered for nearly 500 years.&lt;br /&gt;
* With the death of Thursagan, the Runemaster, runesmithing is lost for several centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 26-50 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Landar declares himself High Lord of the Elves, leading to civil war.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 50-93 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Elvish civil war (and '''The Legend of Wesmere''') ends.  Kalenz declared High Lord, begins reorganizing and militarizing Elvish society to fight the orcs.  In late 93 YW he cedes control to a reconstituted Ka'lian and retires again to the Forest of Lintanir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 121 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcish civil war sputters to a halt. Raids on elves and humans resume.  Period of uncontested human expansion ends, but the Wesnothian Army is more than equal to any of its opponents in battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 122 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* City of Elensefar is sacked by orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meneldur, a sailor of Elensefar, sets out on a quest to regain the city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 123 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar is retaken by Meneldur along with Undead from the Green Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar becomes an independent city-state for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 161-164 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The newly crowned king sought to make safe once and for all the wildlands that separated the human cities surrounding Weldyn and the coastal regions of Elensefar.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grand army of Wesnoth, personally led by the High Council of Archmagi, destroyed all enemies residing within Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* The city-state of Elensefar is formally united to the kingdom. Settlements from it spread north of the river into the new frontier province of Annuvin, carefully avoiding the margins of Wesmere Forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 164-176 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* During this twelve year span, the western fortress of Halstead was erected in the very heart of the western wilderlands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 199 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Emboldened by the far-reaching arm of Halstead's protection, settlement in the west explodes&lt;br /&gt;
* The cities of Aldril and Carcyn grow to become major cities, the first as an important port due to its position on the Bay of Pearls, and the second as a stop on the road to Elensefar and military outpost along the Great River&lt;br /&gt;
* Settlers from Carcyn cross the Great River to establish the first settlements north of it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 200-350 YW: The Golden Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Golden Age of Wesnoth was the time of the great kings, and of peace and prosperity within the kingdom. The Orcs had suffered a grave defeat at the hands of Wesnoth and Elensefar seventy-five years earlier, so they did not pose much of a threat, and whenever they did attack they were quickly defeated. This allowed the army to lessen in size, and the kings of this age to undertake the great public works they are renowned for. The era ends when the king of Wesnoth dies without an heir, and a new dynasty begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 251 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Cleodil, wife of Kalenz, dies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 350 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Disintegration of the Kingdom follows the death of Haldric IV.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar remains a province of Wesnoth but exerts increasing independence due to isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treaty between lord of Elensefar and king of Wesnoth signed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 350-417 YW: The First Dark Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
The first Dark Age was a time of strife and invasion. When Haldric IV died, he left Wesnoth without a king, and the next 70 years were marked by short-lived dynasties, attacks by ever more aggressive orcs, and the further separation of Wesnoth and Elensefar. The Dark Age ended when Garard I took the throne, and began a new dynasty that would last for several hundred years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 353 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Village of Maghre terrorized by a minor necromancer. Action of '''A Tale of Two Brothers''' takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 360 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Malin Keshar born in Parthyn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 363 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Last of Kalenz's children dies.  Kalenz, condemned to outlive his offspring by the potion of Crelanu, leaves the Forest of Lintanir and begins wandering the Great Continent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 389 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard, a future king of Wesnoth, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
* Malin Keshar returns to Parthyn from the Academy at Alduin. '''Descent Into Darkness''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 417-530 YW: The Turmoil of Asheviere ==&lt;br /&gt;
King Garard's dynasty was long-lived and productive, but it was also punctuated by significant turmoil: the end of the first king's rain was marred by orcish and undead raids, and the second was murdered by his own wife and son. It was not until 517 YW that the usurpation of the throne by Queen Mother Asheviere was ended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 417 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Ending years of strife and division, Garard I seizes the throne and becomes king of Wesnoth, beginning the [[Garardine Dynasty]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 440 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown Prince Garard II is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 442 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador, later called &amp;quot;the Great&amp;quot;, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 450 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Arand is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 468 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zorlan become Great Chief of the northern orcs&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador graduates from the Great Academy. '''Delfador's Memoirs''' begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 470 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard I dies; Garard II ascends to the throne of Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcs under Great Chief Zorlan and undead raised by the necromancer Iliah-Malal raid Wesnoth's borders. All but the first and last scenarios of '''Delfador's Memoirs''' take place in this year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Control of the Estmarks is effectively lost during this war, not to be regained for decades.  Outposts are built on the near side of the Weldyn to repel orc raids.  The long watch of the River Guard begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 478 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard II marries Asheviere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard issues the Edict of the Scepter, providing that the crown shall settle after his death on whichever member of the royal family successfully retrieves it from the Caverns of Flame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 480 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown Prince Eldred is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 483 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Erain and Ethyn, identical twins and brothers of Eldred, are born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 498 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess Li'sar is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 500 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince Konrad is born, the youngest of several sons of Prince Arand.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth and the orcs of the north go to war.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 501 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Betrayal on the battlefield =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard leads his army to orc encampment at Galcadar by the Ford of Abez.&lt;br /&gt;
* Garard's forces split into two groups, one led by himself and the other by his son Eldred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred betrays his father and attacks him with the troops under his control.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred slays King Garard and his uncle Prince Arand on the battlefield of Abez.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Reprisal =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador escapes the battle and heads to Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred gives tribute to the Orcish king, who stops his attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador gathers a force of Loyalists to avenge Garard's Death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldred's forces confront Delfador's Loyalists at Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Loyalists are defeated, but Eldred is slain by Delfador in the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Asheviere seizes power =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheviere orders the slaughter of Garard's nephews and declares herself Queen of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hearing of the news Delfador infiltrates the palace.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador finds the youngest prince Konrad as he is slain.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador flees, taking Konrad's body for burial to the land of the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* While traveling through Wesnoth, Elf Lady Parandra finds an orphaned human child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parandra and Delfador agree to give the orphan the identity of Prince Konrad.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador and Konrad flee to live in refuge with the Wood Elves of the great southwestern forest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The country resists Asheviere =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Elensefar refuses to submit to Asheviere and declares itself an independent city-state.&lt;br /&gt;
* After several defeats, Wesnoth's army retreats from the remote areas of the kingdom.  The western Wesnothian border recedes, is fixed, and remains heavily defended.&lt;br /&gt;
* As a result of the loyalist withdrawal, several small human communities on the west coast of the Great Continent live in relative independence while elves flourish in the great forest to the southwest of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* A band of Wesnoth citizens organizes resistance to Asheviere's siezure of power.  They are eventually forced to abandon their home and settle in the Three Sisters ('''Liberty''').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 502-517 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador raises Konrad under the protection of the Elves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 517 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheviere hires Orcish forces to hunt down her nephew-in-law Konrad.&lt;br /&gt;
* Orcish forces converge on Delfador's refuge.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad flees his home with the elves and embark upon a quest to regain the throne of Wesnoth.  '''Heir To The Throne''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 518 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad crosses the Great River into the Northlands on a search for the Sceptre of Fire.&lt;br /&gt;
* They enter the Caves of Knalga, allied with Princess Li'sar, and find it.&lt;br /&gt;
* They return to Wesnoth and claim the throne.  '''Heir to the Throne''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 522 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth of Princess Ana'sar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 530 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnothian colonists begin reclaiming the Estmarks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 544 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* With both sides of the lower Weldyn River again civilized territory, the River Guard posts south of Soradoc are abandoned.  Wesnothian military activity shifts eastward into the Estmarks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 530-630 YW: The Age of Fear ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Age of Fear takes its names from the events of the end of the era. On the surface, the first 90 years were every uneventful. However, during this time unexplainable magical events took place, especially in the eastern lands. Previously tamed lands were slowly claimed by wilderness as fear and paranoia gradually overshadowed the spirit of pioneering and adventure displayed earlier in Wesnoth's history. In the last 10 years of the age, Wesnoth bore the brunt of the most powerful Undead attack ever and was nearly destroyed. By the end of the era, most of Wesnoth had been made barren, most of the great buildings inside and outside of Weldyn were razed, and the population of Wesnoth was half of what it had been.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was in this era that certain areas of the chaotic Northlands were for the first time put into any kind of law and order. A small group of humans and dwarves, accepting anyone of any race who wished to join, formed themselves into the &amp;quot;Northern Alliance”, with the vision of making the Northlands safe to live in. Over time, this alliance grew slowly but steadily in power. By the end of the era, the alliance had succeeded in making a few small areas, including Knalga and the surrounding regions, stable and prosperous. Consequently, many people evacuated from the wasteland that most of Wesnoth had become and moved north - depleting the population of Wesnoth still further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 533 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Delfador succumbs to old age and dies, his body is entombed alongside his staff in Eregonor.&lt;br /&gt;
* The next great sage of Wesnoth, Dacyn, is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 534 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The small community of Dwarven Doors, in the Northlands just outside Knalga, rebels against the Orcish overlords.  '''Northern Rebirth''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
* The residents, led by Tallin, head underground and find dwarves, whom they ally with.&lt;br /&gt;
* Their combined forces destroy a lich who is attempting to claim Knalga as his own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 535 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The warlord-aspirant Rakshas attacks Tallin and his forces, but does not penetrate the dwarves' defences.&lt;br /&gt;
* To help defeat the orcs, Tallin secures the help of two Liches, and rescues an elvish princess to secure the help of the elves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assisted by his new allies, Tallin smashes the forces of Rakshas.&lt;br /&gt;
* According to some historians, Tallin and the elvish princess are married; others say they parted in bad blood.&lt;br /&gt;
* To preserve the new-found peace in the Northlands, Tallin and his allies form the Northern Alliance.  '''Northern Rebirth''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 550 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lord Hamel of Knalga sends an expedition to Kal Kartha to determine the fate of the Hammer of Thursagan ('''The Hammer of Thursagan''' takes place in late 550 YW to early 551 YW.).&lt;br /&gt;
* Dwarves at Knalga and elsewhere  begin to reclaim the lost art of runesmithing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnothian colonization expands southward past Fort Tahn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 563 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad and Li'sar die after an extraordinarily long reign.&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess Ana'sar becomes queen.&lt;br /&gt;
* The seer Galdren becomes prominent at the court of Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 585 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen Ana'sar retires.&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric VII becomes king of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 589 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn the White Mage and Ravanal, an eastern wizard, compete to be the king's advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
* The seer Galdren dies after advising Haldric VII to choose Dacyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* The king does as Galdren advises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 593 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Ravanal reveals that he has turned to evil, and flees from Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II is born.&lt;br /&gt;
* Certain southern frontier regions are formally annexed to the Kingdom of Wesnoth as the Province of Kerlath.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 598 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* South Guard organized as  a semi-detached formation of the Royal Army, to protect the inhabitants of the frontier province of Kerlath.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 607 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* South Guard ceases reporting.  Haldric VII sends Deoran, son of Haldiel, to investigate.  '''The South Guard''' takes place in 607-608 YW.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 612 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Haldric VII dies. Konrad II is crowned King of Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn continues his duties as advisor with Konrad II.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 625 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mysterious disappearances of livestock and peasants cause partial evacuation of the the '''Estmark Hills'''.  Lords of the Horse Plains report increased banditry from there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II sends Dacyn with Owaec and Gweddry to man the old River Guard strongpoints. '''Eastern Invasion''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 626 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mal-Ravanal attacks the middle outpost where Gweddry and Dacyn are stationed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dacyn and Gweddry travel to the northern outpost, and, with Owaec, retreat into the northlands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 627 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth's last defences are broken and the undead march on Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
* In the northlands, the orcs drive Gweddry's army back across the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* Weldyn is besieged.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gweddry breaks through undead lines to reach Weldyn.&lt;br /&gt;
* A council is held.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gweddry's army is fortunate and kills Mal-Ravanal.  '''Eastern Invasion''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wesnoth is saved, but large portions have been laid waste by the undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 628-673 YW: The Silver Age of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Silver Age, or restoration of the Wesnothian kingdom, essentially coincides with the rest of the long and successful reign of Konrad II.  During this period Wesnoth largely recovered from the damage that Mal-Ravanal's undead attack had done. It would, however, never quite regain the majesty it had at the height of its power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northlands, aided by a second wave of colonization north from Wesnoth, become more civilised and stable. Although nowhere near as prosperous as Wesnoth was during its Golden Age, the Northlands developed towns of significant size and a thriving - if somewhat dangerous - trade network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four major powers soon came to dominate much of the Northlands. First there were the dwarves, who controlled most of the mountains and a vast array of underground tunnels and caverns. To the east, shrouded in mystery, lay the Elvish forests which continued to be inaccessible to anyone not of elvish blood. The remaining landscape was dominated either by orcish tribes, or independent human earldoms. As competition for the land grew fierce, wars smoldered between human and orcish forces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 628-635 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II begins his attempt to rebuild Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 673 YW ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Konrad II dies, bringing the [[Garardine Dynasty]] to an end.  Second Wesnothian civil war begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 761-816 YW: The Legacy of Black-Eye Karun ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After decades of struggle, Black-Eye Karun becomes the first warlord since the assassination of Great Chief Brurbar in 23 YW to unite all the different squabbling orcish tribes under his banner. Among his many accomplishments as a Sovereign, his most famous is the creation of the Great Council. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karun was a far-sighted individual and he knew that after his death the orcish tribes would once again turn to fighting among themselves, with little he could do to prevent that and consequent peril from the Wesnothians and elves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consequently, Karun selected from among all the different tribes six of the most sober and wisest orcs and thus created the Great Council. It was the Great Council's job to stay aloof from any tribal or territorial squabbling amongst the orcs, but yet always remain there to give advice to whomever came to seek it. In order to preserve the orcish race in the event of an emergency, he invested in them the power to call up The Great Horde. It was established that every orc, no matter what tribe he came from, must obey the summons of The Great Horde and follow wholeheartedly the leader that the Great Council put at the head of The Great Horde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===816 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* Rahul I (Lord Protector of the Northern Alliance) and Black Eye Karun sign a peace treaty ending a 15 year war between the humans and the orcs. Soon after this Karun, is ambushed and killed in mysterious circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===842 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* War once again breaks out between the orcish tribes and the northern human earldoms as humans break the long standing treaty and attempt to colonise orcish lands. In response, the Great Council set up by the Black Eye Karun calls upon The Great Horde and bestows leadership of it upon Kapou’e; '''Son of the Black Eye''' begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===843 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
* Half of the Great Council is treacherously slain by the allied human forces and orcish unity disintegrates. Faced with the extermination of all the orcs on the Great Continent, Kapou’e forcibly asserts his control over the orcish territories and defeats the enemy forces. The Northern Alliance arrives on the scene in time for the final battle and helps Kapou’e defeat the forces of the northern earldoms, who had broken the treaty. Kapou’e then assumes the position of Sovereign over the northern tribes, and his rule ushers in an unprecedented era of unity and prosperity for the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===852 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
*Kapou’e repels a large elvish invasion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===858 YW===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The humans once again stage an invasion but prove to be no match for the united orcish forces under the leadership of Kapou’e.  '''Son of the Black Eye''' ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==After the Fall==&lt;br /&gt;
At some unknown point in the future, an unspeakable cataclysm scorched the surface of the lands. Forests died, hills turned into rocky wastelands and fields became barren deserts. In the apocalypse allies turned against each other and friends fought over what few resources remained. The great nations were destroyed, and huge numbers of people died. Still amidst the chaos somehow small groups of people survived, sheltered in hidden places. In this post-apocalyptic world survival is a daily struggle as a few remaining tribes eke out an existence among the ruins of fallen empires. Heroic bands of elves, nomadic refugee humans, savage hordes of orcs and dark necromancers all forge new lives under the merciless dual suns, Sela and Naia, of this new Wesnoth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===??? Post-Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth elves adapt to life in barren world of the Great Southern Desert. Over time they lost their affinity for the woodlands of their ancestry and embrace life in the sandy wastelands.&lt;br /&gt;
* Under the leadership of Tanuil, the Quenoth elves build and sustain a fortified village around a rare oasis. The village thrives amidst the hostilities of the desert.&lt;br /&gt;
* One night, a meteor storm rains from the sky and destroys the village of the Quenoth elves. The next day, Tanuil, like many others, is missing and presumed dead. Kalehssar (Kaleh), nephew of Tanuil, takes leadership of the remaining Quenoth elves as the surviving next of kin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh, heeding the voice of his god Eloh in his dreams, gathers the remaining Quenoth elves and leads them north to a new promised land, foregoing rebuilding of their desert village.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth elves battle their way north through Undead, Orcs, Bandits and other evil, venturing underground beneath a large mountain range at the command of Eloh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Befriending unexpected allies underground, Kaleh's forces survive to the other side of the mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
* Keratur, son of Tanuil and survivor of the cataclysm, insane with fright attacks Kaleh. Kaleh defeats Keratur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh defies commands given him by a vision of Eloh.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Quenoth reach the ocean. Aided by Merfolk, they escape the mainland and head for a newly discovered island, a place where the Quenoth may settle in peace.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the island, the Quenoth confront Yechnagoth, the Eater of Souls and impersonator of Eloh. Yechnagoth and army are destroyed by the Quenoth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kaleh and the elves settle on their newfound, and newly named, Quenoth Isle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Timelined by Kamahawk and Turin.  Revised to incorporate material from later version of Legend of Wesmere and reconcile different versions of the history of the Scepter of Fire by Eric S. Raymond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* History derived from:&lt;br /&gt;
** Eastern Invasion&lt;br /&gt;
** Heir to the Throne&lt;br /&gt;
** Legend of Wesmere&lt;br /&gt;
** Liberty&lt;br /&gt;
** Northern Rebirth&lt;br /&gt;
** The Hammer of Thursagan&lt;br /&gt;
** The Rise of Wesnoth&lt;br /&gt;
** Under the Burning Suns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting details derived from:&lt;br /&gt;
** Invasion from the Unknown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Geography of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Poetry of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Races]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FactionHistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:World of Wesnoth]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30381</id>
		<title>HeirToTheThrone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30381"/>
		<updated>2009-05-02T17:07:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* The Valley of Death */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a walkthrough of '''Heir to the Throne''', the campaign featuring Konrad. It contains spoilers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suggestions herein are based on the &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Hard&amp;quot; difficulty levels. It should be possible to win the &amp;quot;Easy&amp;quot; difficulty level without trying very hard if you are an accomplished gamer.  If you feel comfortable with turn-based games, especially ones featuring units moving on a hex map, then you can play the Tutorial and then dive right into &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; to get a feel for the elements of the game. After you have played a few scenarios and are ready to restart from the beginning (and yes, it is  very likely you will have to restart the first time you play Wesnoth), try reading [[AdvancedTactics]].  You should also be familiar with the basics in [[WesnothManual]] -- this is a walkthrough, not an exposition of basic game mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each scenario has an individual forum thread where you can provide feedback to the authors.  See also the forum posts [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3601 Suggestions for Heir to the Throne walkthrough] and [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4026 Yet another &amp;quot;Heir to the Throne&amp;quot; walktrough] (sic) for more.  [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=7064 Ye Compleat Walkthrough To &amp;quot;Heir To The Throne&amp;quot;] is a detailed guide, with illustrations, to the first several scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, some [http://www.hermann-uwe.de/blog/my-wesnoth-replays-online replays] were posted by Uwe Hermann.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning spoilers ahead!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elves Besieged ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Both Konrad and Delfador must survive, and Konrad must escape to the signpost in the northwest corner of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a &amp;quot;runner&amp;quot; scenario; on turn one, recruit a castle full of fresh recruits, and then get Konrad and Delfador out of there! Send your recruits north to assist your allies, and get Konrad up to the sign-post in the north-west as quick as you can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrain dictates two routes to the signpost: west to the druid and then north, or north over the bridge and then west. If Konrad goes west, consider sending Delfador north to encourage the northern army to split. Otherwise, Konrad's route might be blocked by enemy units. If you take the northern path, veer west just south of the rough terrain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally accepted that this is not a 'gold-building' scenario but an 'army-building' one.  Thus, do not worry about capturing villages and focus solely on getting your fresh recruits some experience. Experience is gained by fighting; once a level of experience is reached, your units will &amp;quot;level up&amp;quot; and become more powerful units. A killing blow will give your units more experience than just fighting, so let your low-level units get the killing blow on a weakened opponent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two notable level 2 units you'll want are Druids and Captains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shamans level up to Druids. Druids are indispensable; they heal every unit adjacent to them by 8 hit points at the end of every turn. They also have a &amp;quot;slow&amp;quot; attack, which limits the movement of the enemy and halves their attacks. With enough battle experience, Druids become Shydes, which are the flying rescue helicopters of the game! You'll want two Druids in your army for the rest of the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elvish fighters level up to Captains (level 2) and Marshals (level 3). These units increase the attack power of adjacent units of lower levels than themselves, and can do decent damage to the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to use the CTRL-v command to see how far all enemy units will be able to move on their next turn. Click on an unoccupied hex and then move the cursor over an enemy unit to see how far that unit will be able to move. Be careful with your heroes and constantly think of their safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a general note, computer allies are fickle and cannot be depended upon except to get in the way (thus slowing down the enemy) and try to steal your kills. Your allies will attempt to defend a corridor for Konrad to reach the signpost. Let your allies lead the attack and bear the brunt of the enemy blows before you slip in an elf to deliver the killing blow. Earning experience in this scenario, without having your units killed, is quite difficult, because the orcs are very strong and your elvish allies are just as eager to earn experience as you are! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Delfador is already at his maximum level and can do a large amount of damage to the enemy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options on the Preferences dialog that will speed things up: &amp;quot;Skip AI Moves&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Accelerated Speed&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus: 30 gold per turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2881 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Blackwater Port ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns (9 on Hard), or kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening dialog will introduce a new friend, Haldiel. He is a loyal Horseman, and costs zero gold each turn compared to those you recruit, so try to keep him alive.  Loyal is generally accepted as the best trait in the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you recall units, choose those that have enough experience to be worth the 2 to 6 gold difference over fresh recruits, or that have specific traits that you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is your choice whether you treat this scenario as a gold-building or army-building one.  If you wish to treat it as gold-building, recruit or recall some fast units (scouts or horsemen) to take the villages to the south and southwest.  Do not overspend on Horsemen. Acquire at least 4 to 6 elves, including some shamans. (Even if you don't think they are very useful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to treat it as army-building, recall and recruit til you have no gold (often only one castleful if you did not attain gold from the previous scenario) and focus again on maximizing the experience and levels of your troops.  Be very careful with levelled or near-levelled units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An aggressive strategy is to recruit heavily. Move your elves to the woods east of the enemy's castle and hold a defensive position during the night. When day comes, attack every enemy unit in the hills, then continue onto the enemy castle and destroy the leader. You will probably need to start with at least 250 gold for this to work and it is VERY difficult to accomplish on Hard (but you will attain an EXTRA loyal knight, FAR more than any other benefit you could achieve in this level).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fiscally conservative strategy is to form up inside the closer woods out of range of the orcs. At dawn, move the horsemen to lure the orcs into the open ground. Be patient and let the enemy come to you.  Position your horsemen in the grasslands and your elves in the woods to improve your defence. The knights provided by your ally will cover your northern flank. Mix your units in with your allies and try to get the finishing blow after they have weakened enemy units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also send Haldiel west as fast as possible and attempt to take the village due south of the enemy castle.  This will draw the orcs south and make it more likely you will be able to engage them in the woods, where your elves rule.  Be careful to not let Haldiel get pinned down and killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to send units to take the villages close to your ally's castle. After all, Sir Kaylan would only use the gold to recruit troops that would steal your experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2929 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Isle of Alduin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to victory is to control the villages, earning the gold you need to recruit or recall troops.  You have the option to send the majority of your army west or south with village grabbers going the opposite direction.  If you choose to send your army west (recommended) send a scout and an archer south, grabbing alternating villages. Done intelligently they will each grab 1 village per turn until they are near the opponents keep. Be careful of engaging the enemy on the west flank near the hills at night: this is where they shine. Back off to the forests and wait for a more favorable time of day if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following strategy works well if you take care of your unit placement. Protect units you cannot afford to lose from multiple attacks at night or when weakened, particularly new horsemen and magi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First recall or recruit 3 elvish scouts. Send two scouts to the southern villages, and the third to the village to the northwest. Recruit 3 fighters; send one to the south and the other two to the southwest. This works best if one scout is &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot; and the fighter recruited to fill the southeastern hex of your castle is also &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot;. If not you may have to modify this strategy. Send Delfador up to the northwest on the first turn to find the mage and send the mage down to the village next to the castle. Konrad should take two nearby villages in the first two turns, because you have no money left anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the scouts goes as far south as possible, taking villages and distracting the enemy. This scout is usually destroyed by turn 4. That's OK. The other scout in the south usually has to retreat to survive. You try to take all the villages in the south you can and then reinforce the south slowly and move south. Now your main push is in the west because most villages are there and you need an income of over 20 per turn to recall all of your good troops. I usually use the scout I have sent to the northwest village on the island to take all of the far northwest villages. Delfador can destroy an enemy unit each turn, especially saurians, because these pesky units can kill weakened units in the rear. Horsemen take too long to cross the forest south of your castle but are strong on the western plains during daytime. Send newly-recruited horsemen to the west along with magi. A shaman is useful to the south and later one can be sent to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching turn 10-12, you should have assembled two reasonably powerful forces on each side of the lake. The westerly one usually is based on Delfador and horsemen-mage combos with fighters and archers for ZOC purposes, and the eastern force almost entirely of elves. Remember magi work best against trolls and grunts, and horsemen against archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move south in tight groups, trying not to get too aggressive at night with the west group, until they meet at the far southern end of the island, and assault the castle together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a new player, you've probably been focusing on game mechanics and how the units and terrain interact. If so, it's time to give serious thought to leveling up some units by allowing them to strike the killing blow. When Konrad or an elven fighter is at level 2, they get the &amp;quot;leadership&amp;quot; skill. When a shaman levels up, they get the &amp;quot;cure&amp;quot; skill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardly any player notices this, but this scenario offers the opportunity for some extra experience at the expense of very little gold. The early finish bonus is 38, but there are 36 villages on the island, so if you control all villages, you only lose 2 gold per turn (or only 1.6 gold, since only 80% can be retained - should be less than 24, since you hardly ever finish more than 15 turns early). So instead of killing the remaining enemies - especially the enemy leader - you might encircle them and reduce their health to a minimum. If you do not attack them in the subsequent turns, they will neither attack nor move, thus regain 2 HP per turn and will eventually be healthy enough to stand an attack of your weaker units. This is a relatively safe way to milk some extra XPs out of them for your weaker units (preferably magi and shamans). While milking level 1 units may not be very rewarding, milking the level 2 leader might easily give 20 extra XPs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A note about playing with Magi: They are weak units, but become important later in the game. Over the next few levels, you'll want to level at least two Magi to White Magi for later in the game; they have an arcane (or holy) attack which does incredible amounts of damage to the undead. Fire Magi can eventually level up to level 4 Great Magi, which are walking killing machines, and Fire Magi do decent damage to most other units, especially trolls and skeletons. Magi are weak, however, so they need to be guarded by stronger units. Don't let the enemy have more than one attack position on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2959 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bay of Pearls ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill one or both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must fight the sea leader, a sea orc, bats, and nagas with the mermen. It will be nigh impossible for your horsemen and elves to wade to the island to fight the sea leader in time, so try to preserve your mermen for this. Mermen and nagas both have high defense in water, so combat can be a bit slow and frustrating. Concentrate three or four mermen on a single enemy unit at a time, rather than spreading your attacks piecemeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn, have Konrad recruit or recall some units. Which units, and in which order, is your first tactical decision. If you recruit/recall in pairs, with one fast (6 movement points or more) and one slow unit, then one will be able to move onto the island the next turn, while the other is still wading through the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, move Konrad to the cage on the island just to the east. This will free some mermen. (How many depends on whether you are playing on Easy, Medium, or Hard.) One of these can go open the second cage, and so on. There is another cage to the northeast, and one far to the north. Your second tactical decision is which of these two objectives will receive the bulk of your mermen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even further north is the Storm Trident, which can only be picked up by one of your mermen. This ranged attack will be crucial in defeating the sea leader. If you win the sea battle, you can use the mermen in one of two ways. You can harass or even assassinate the land orc leader, although you should expect heavy losses; Or, you can attempt to lure the land orcs into the water, where they will be easy prey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On land, you have to fight off a wave of orcs and trolls heading south and then west. Your third tactical decision is how far west to engage the enemy. Consider carefully the time of day! You are hindered by the limited recruitment you can do each turn, and how long it takes your elves and horsemen to trickle across the river.  You will probably need to advance and retreat your units several times, depending on time of day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Careful management of your killing blows should allow several units to get to Level 2. A charging horseman does so much damage it will be easy for the horsemen to get all the kills, but try to get at least Konrad, a shaman, the merman with the trident, and an elven fighter leveled up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outcome of this battle affects the next scenario you play. If you kill the sea leader you wind up on Isle of the Damned. If you kill the land leader you wind up on Muff Malal's Peninsula. If you kill both, you can choose. You fight undead either way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New players should take the land route to Muff Malal's Peninsula, where you can easily level up your existing units or collect an early finish bonus. Experienced players or those who are looking for an interesting tactical exercise may wish to consider the sea route to the Isle of the Damned: you can't recall any of your previous units (except mermen), but you can recruit outlaw-type humans and perhaps recruit a loyal White Mage for future scenarios. Note that this is the only opportunity to do so in the entire campaign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Overall, I got more mileage from elves compared to the outlaws you can recruit in the brief window of opportunity provided by the Isle of the Damned scenario. However, the White Mage you can pick up there is a godsend, plus you can give your mermen some much-needed experience by harassing the undead through hit-and-run attacks from all around the island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders, and the ability to choose the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3022 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Muff Malal's Peninsula ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an easy scenario, and your aim here should be to build up your gold by controlling most villages, while earning experience against enemy forces. The enemy recruits bats to capture villages, and hordes of Walking Corpses to keep you busy.  The occasional Dark Adept can be dangerous on Hard difficulty, but is vulnerable to melee attack, especially from knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One approach is to recall a few level 2 units supported by a mage. These units build a defensive position in the central part of the map, using hills and forest for cover, and hold off the first wave of Walking Corpses. Mounted troops capture villages in the north and west, and can charge down the flanks at daytime. A merman or two distract enemy bats and capture sea villages. If you can recall the merman that picked up the trident in Bay of Pearls, it will be able to dispatch bats easily on its own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During daytime, your main force advances to one of the villages in the south-east, where you wait for more Walking Corpses to attack. A level 2 melee unit (eg. Elvish Captain) can use the village defense bonus to survive attacks, and heal between turns. By the time it is low on hit points, it should be advancing to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should now control most villages and have some gold, so recruit or recall additional troops. Launch an offensive with your central force, supported by your horsemen advancing at the sides.  Don't forget to use Konrad in the attack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try to attack with human units only at day, when the undead are at their weakest, and hold the lines with your elves at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3178 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Isle of the Damned ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leaders, or survive for 27 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad is washed overboard during a storm, but is rescued by two mermen. You start out with 100 gold and cannot recall any units. You are joined by Urlaf, a level 2 Outlaw.  In addition to Mermen, you can recruit his friends: Thugs, Poachers and Footpads. This is the only time in the campaign that these units can be recruited, but any outlaw units surviving this scenario can be recalled later. Your gold from Bay of Pearls (minus the usual 20% discount) is saved for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is a White Mage with a holy sword which is very effective against undead. He is hiding in one of the three temples, and will join your cause if you find him. Beware: Xakae, a Revenant with a retinue of Walking Corpses, is waiting to ambush you in another temple. Moremirmu and Xakae are randomly placed; the third temple is always empty. Xakae and the Corpses can be a useful source of experience if you have the troops to deal with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mermen can be used succesfully to harrass the undead in their rear. Typically the undead responds by withdrawing forces to deal with your mermen. Occasionally this tactic can be used to isolate and trap an undead leader while their forces are busy with your land troops. Don't expect the mermen to survive, though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is critical to winning but also quite fragile. He will die quickly if he is attacked by multiple undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders. Moremirmu (and his holy sword) will join you in future scenarios only if both are defeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3179 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Siege of Elensefar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad arrives at the southern end of a large map. The island city of Elensefar dominates the center, and the cave of the necromancer Muff Jaanal is far to the north. The orcish warlord Agadla has taken the city. You know what to do!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to retake the city. You could choose to charge across the bridges and fight your way onto the island, taking heavy casualties from the level 2 orcish warriors along the way. Or, you can lure the orcs into the water where they are easy to hit. Remember that mermen, especially the one with the Storm Trident, move quickly and defend quite well in water or on the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will recieve some help from the Thieves Guild. Apparently, an orcish occupation is bad for business. They will either show you a hidden ford onto the island, or attack the north gate after you take one of the island villages. Whether you choose to storm the city, and which aid to accept, depends in large part on how much of a hurry you are in.  Every turn, the undead march southward, and you'll have quite a fight on your hands after they reinforce the orcs in the city proper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you defeat the orcs, you must fight your way north.  Fighting against the undead requires a different mix of units than fighting the orcs. Your mermen are too slow on land.  Horsemen and elvish units do reduced damage to skeletons.  Here, you need... mages.  Lots and lots of mages. And a paladin, if you've leveled a unit that high enough. Expect to spend many turns fighting through the northernmost six hexes. You are fighting in a cave, which slows your units down. Being underground, it is also treated as night for the time of day penalties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you should have either Konrad or a level 2 elven fighter with the Leadership ability. A unit adjacent to a leader receives a +25% bonus to damage. Likewise, carefully position shamen or white mages in your lines so they can heal wounded units.  Two adjacent healers will heal each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3224 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Crossroads ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the north-eastern enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two strategies: either to &amp;quot;run for it&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;kill them all&amp;quot;.  Which you choose will probably depend on whether you want to earn lots of gold, or level up lots of units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to run,  recall two turn's worth of troops.  Most should be level 2, but you should recruit one or two units as sacrifical lambs. Having two healers (who will stay adjacent to each other for mutual healing) is almost a necessity. Move the units in formation (probably in two packs) along the road. Do not be tempted to move units into the mountains.  The increased defence is not worth the risk of triggering ambushes. Drive your way to the leader in the northwest, kill them, and reap the early finish bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second strategy is to methodically destroy all enemy units on the map. Recruit two turns worth of units, and then drive south.  Overcome the southern leader, and recruit more troops in his castle.  Move back north, moving into every town and through the mountains, in order to trigger ambushes. This strategy is trickier to pull off, but careful management of your kills should allow you to level multiple units. (Just be careful not to run out of turns...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  The first two villages that on the screen that you will likely attempt to grab trigger an Elvish Fighter and Elvish Archer to join your party and warn you about the hills.  Keep in mind that they, too, are Loyal troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3281 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Princess of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Subdue Li'sar to win&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad's life now takes an interesting turn, as he meets the Princess of Wesnoth, Li'sar.  Instead of dying when you &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; her, she surrenders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is supported by troops from the Loyalist faction. Even your tough level 2 units make tempting targets for her lawful horsemen; they will charge and probably kill them.  Use terrain and position sacrificial level 1 screening units while the sun is high. Likewise, you can try for a quick kill by charging Li'sar with your own horsemen or knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This otherwise straightforward battle is enlivened by reinforcements that Li'sar summons on turns 5 and 10.  Also, a level 2 Duelist will defend the Princess' honor when you approach her, appearing from the south of your position.  You can trigger his arrival by exploring the mountain with an entrance. Capture the villages on the eastern side as you cross the river, and position units to cover the north-eastern plain to prevent Li'sar's mounted units from capturing these villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this scenario, you should have learned a painful lesson in how the computer player targets its attacks...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3401 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Valley of Death ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two holy water bottles on the map. The unit which picks them up will have their melee attacks be holy for the duration of this scenario. These are especially useful for powerful melee units like Elvish Heroes or Champions which otherwise do little damage to the undead. Or, you could recruit Horsemen and have them grab the holy water.  They should easily level to level 2 Lancers or Knights, and maybe even to a Level 3 Paladin by the end of the scenario. As in previous scenarios, mages will be effective against most of the undead enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One strategy is recruit a large army, defeat one of the enemies, and hole up in that enemy's castle. The southern enemy is popular for this strategy. It apparently also works to pack the lake around the starting castle with mermen, and hole up there. Don't underestimate the power of the Walking Corpses (WCs) recruited by the eastern necromancer.  They are slow but there are so many that they can overwhelm and kill even your most powerful units if given the chance. On the other hand, do not underestimate the crowd-clearing ability of a Paladin or blessed Champion!  A WC will lurch next to your unit. It will attack.  It will die, leaving room for another WC to lurch forward. &lt;br /&gt;
(Windscion: Unfortunately, this is also a good way to get a high level unit killed: 10 WCs in one turn can be deadly. I prefer a line of archers backed by healers.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't have the money to recruit a large or powerful army, recruit a few Elvish Fighters and send them to the forest north of your castle. Their job is to slow the Revenant for several turns and then die gloriously. Flee with Konrad and the rest of your army to the south-east corner. If you're lucky, the WC horde will be too slow to reach you before the scenario ends. A cowardly tactic, yes -- but you'll survive...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you played Isle of The Damned without killing both Liches, and Moremirmu survived, then he will reinforce you with three White Mage buddies between turns 7-10. You can't recall them after this scenario, so they are expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy, which requires to have Moremirmu to help you and allows you to kill the three Liches, is to recruit 2 horsemen(or recall their leveled up units) and as many thieves as you can, send each horsemen to gather the bottles of holy water, and kill with them the northern and eastern Liches; don't send them the horseman to the northern Lich too quick, because if you do his army will focus on it, and it won't reach the Lich. Move Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, and your thieves towards the southeast corner. The thieves be used as a barrier to protect your more important units; place them in woods, mountains or villages(never in plains) as soon as they can, so that the northern and eastern Liches concentrate on them and leave Konrad and his group alone. With some luck you'll kill the northern and eastern Liches around the same turn that Moremirmu appears, and Konrad and his group will survive enough time to have one of Moremirmu's white mages kill the Southern Lich during day time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus if you somehow manage to defeat all enemy leaders. If you do, feel free to boast about your accomplishment at the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3402 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gryphon Mountain ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad starts in the lower left corner of the map.  General Robert, commanding Loyalist troops, is in the upper right.  In the middle of the map, surrounded by mountains, is the Mother Gryphon and three sleeping Gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you kill the Mother Gryphon before the Loyalists do, you will have access to gryphon eggs, allowing you to to recruit Gryphon Riders in future scenarios.  Opinions differ as to whether their ability to capture far-flung villages, safely lure enemy troops, and ability to pierce the map shroud are worth their high cost.  Even if you decide not to attack the Gryphons, the enemy will -- and then the wild beasts of the air might decide to attack you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick victory to earn the early finish bonus, head up the right side of the mountains.  To earn experience, head towards the Mother Gryphon, and the enemy will come to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both the mother gryphon as well as the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ford of Abez ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Move Konrad to the north side of the river&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide Abez river cuts across the middle of the map from left to right, with Konrad starting on the lower right side.  Princess Li'sar starts on the lower left, and an orc band is on the north side of the river.  If you have lots of gold, if you have a plethora of well-seasoned fighting troops, and you think you're ready for a challenge, you could try and attack the Princess.  But do a save first; you'll need it after you are wiped out by her Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your major decision (after you learn that the Princess's escort is just too tough) is whether to have Konrad recruit for one turn or two.  Do not recruit land troops with less than five movement points, as they will have trouble wading across the ford. You're under immense time pressure.  The chaotic orcs will attack from the north, the Princess's lawful Loyalists will attack from the south, and... a new enemy (alignment: hungry) will be attacking from downstream.  Except for the hungry ones--who will be focused on killing anything in their path--all the enemies will be focused on killing Konrad. The hungry enemies might assist you somewhat as they will probably hit the orcs and humans before trying to snack on your forces.  Also, the orcs and humans will fight if they happen to cross paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember those loyal mermen from in the Bay of Pearls?  They should comprise your principal fighting force.  Be sure to send one downstream to acquire the Storm Trident there.  Lure the orcs into the water, where your mermen have excellent defence and the orcs are highly vulnerable.  If you captured the eggs last scenario, consider using a gryphon to distract the enemy.(Note in the latest version Gryphons are not available until a later scenario)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for getting Konrad onto dry land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=8716 forum discussion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Winter ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders (2 of them)&lt;br /&gt;
*Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
*Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
*Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, a random soldier&lt;br /&gt;
*Early finish bonus: ?? &amp;lt;!-- Uh, could someone fill this in? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Other:&lt;br /&gt;
**Snow falls on turns 6 and 10, making the tundra patches larger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively simple scenario. The quickest strategy is to recall a few Knights, Lancers, Paladins, and/or Grand Knights along with fresh Horsemen, kill the northwestern leader, then head east. The eastern leader's wolf riders will attempt to attack you through the center of the map, so be sure to place a few horsemen there. It's a good idea for Kalenz and Delfador to defend the southern mountains, as a few riders may come there as well. This is a good level for getting a large amount of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Dwarven Doors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Konrad to entrance of the Dwarfen Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 26&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Blidd, Kalenz, level 1 thug&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Find the correct entrance (the eastern one -- or the main one in version 1.3.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario offers the usual strategic choice -- run for the exit and an early finish bonus, or slowly and carefully exterminate the enemy forces.  If you choose to follow Delfador's advice and flee in terror, recruit one turn's worth of elven riders or gryphons to sacrifice as screening units.  If you choose to attack, you'll be in for a struggle.  For a real challenge, move to the middle of the map and get attacked from all sides... If you want to kill all three leaders, taking out the south eastern one with your full force and then splitting to take on both the others. Move Konrad near the exit (the eastern one!) so you can abort at any time. -- [v.1.3.4: moving directly to the eastern entrance does not work; it is blocked]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main door by the lake is barred from the inside.  Further, there is the usual tentacular horror hiding in the lake near the ancient subterranean Dwarven Kingdom. This means you will have to go into the entrance on the east.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you fought on the Isle of the Damned, one of your outlaws will tell you about a Bandit who will be willing to ally with you. The initial outlaw is expendable, the other one is loyal, though (no upkeep cost!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;coward&amp;quot; strategy for version 1.3.4 :&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, you get a elvish scout, who says he'll check the entrance to see if it is opened. Send him there, passing on the right of the mountains that are along the &amp;quot;path&amp;quot; to the entrance. This will stop the north western orcs from killing him too soon. Once that is done, move the scout to the north western mountains, to lure the ennemies there.&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit one turn worth of elvish scouts as sacrificial units. They'll lure the ennemies away from Konrad. For a higher chance of success, leave Delfador and Kalenz near your keep, in the south. Since Kalenz is weak, he can easily be killed before Konrad makes it to the cave entrance. Once Konrad is near the center of the map (and overwhelmed by orcs), move them North a bit, to attract ennemies to them. All you need to do now is move Konrad to the entrance as fast as possible. The cuttlefish should appear in the lake as you pass by it, which will delay the orcs some more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do It Quickly:&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn recruit some units you may want to give experience to (and you're not afraid of losing them too), but choose only those having movement range 6 or greater. Then capture two nearest villages with Konrad and Delfador. Run straight north. The elf scout should be the leader to the doors and the only step off the straight path is to capture the village NE of the lake. This should unleash the octopus which will attract NW troops (not sure, tried only once)&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern and western opponents are lazy and more attracted to the villages income than to fight. So they will first go south to capture villages near your keep. Before they do, you'll be at the middle of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
If you recruited units with movement 6 and headed N without any stop, you're likely to be engaged at the pillars by some units from NW. Delfador and other leaders should have no problem dealing with them. Next attack may happen at the doors, one turn before Konrad reaches the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
I managed to do it, losing only one 1st level mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
I played on medium and found that I had only 20 turns. Killing all the orc leaders didn't end the game. You will still need to reach the door with Konrad. After reloading, I killed all the orc leaders AND managed to get Konrad to the door within 20 turns (20 exactly) but there was no bonus and I ended up with -ve gold because I had to recall all my veterans to kill the leaders. Finally, I adopted the coward's strategy. Created 5 Elvish scouts and 10 thieves and used them as canon fodder for the orcs. There were too many orcs and only 2 of the scouts survived but I ended up with 11 rounds of bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plunging into the Darkness ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the dwarves&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Secret pasage in southeastern part of the tunnel&lt;br /&gt;
** A very short and straightforward map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you're reading this walkthrough, you'll also be interested in locating the secret passage leading to a chest of 200 gold pieces in the southwest. However, said chest is guarded by a rather nasty poison-biting, slow-web-throwing level 3 spider. Beware the blood bats, seek out a niche in the wall, and be wary exploring the secret passage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: After this map, gryphon riders will finally be available for recruiting - provided you killed the Mother Gryphon during the Gryphon Mountain scenario previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: For the next three stages you don't have to use too many dwarven companions. All I needed was 2 fighters, 2 riders, 2 guardmen,and 2 thunderers. These fighters I use over and over leading them to all level up to level 3 and having lots of gold by the time I finish the cave levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lost General ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill all enemy leaders (there are two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 64(!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing both enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving underground is slow, especially for elves.  Their fighters and archers are also ineffective against undead.  Outriders and slyphs might be worth recruiting, if you can afford them.  Likewise, gryphons and horsemen are bogged down.  Recruit dwarves for speed, and mages to back them up. (However, a griffon can pass the small pond quickly, and there are four towns on the other side.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are fighting Lionel, a former general turned Death Knight, who starts trapped in the south.  To the west is the usual orc/troll force.  In the north is a dwarven ally, although if you are too slow they will be overwhelmed by the orcs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dwarven fighters do well against the undead, while the Thunderers do best against the orcs and trolls.    If you choose to go for money, rush troops both south and north, reinforcing the native dwarves and triggering the appearance of the undead.  If you choose to go for experience, ignore the undead until you have killed the orcs, then return en masse to destroy the undead.  Don't take too long, as Lionel will break forth on turn 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to get to Lionel: an entrance opens in the pond on turn 19/20; and walls collapse when units move into tiles just south of the sign that says &amp;quot;Guest Quarters&amp;quot;, regardless of when this happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hasty Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing enemy leader + 200 Gold from Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is about to attack, when you are surrounded by orcs and trolls.  She joins forces with you to defeat the troll leader, bringing her Royal Guards and 500 gold worth of allied troops to the struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your greatest challenge will be to survive the first few turns, as the death of any of Konrad's companions will end the scenario.  &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defeated the first wave, it is relatively easy to finish off any remaining trolls and move north to the troll leader.  Try and encourage your allies to go first and take the hefty damage from the Level 2 and Level 3 trolls, while your mages and dwarves get the experience for killing blows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Sceptre of Fire ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Capture the Scepter of Fire with Konrad or Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Gold gift from Li'sar: 300 on easy, 200 on medium, 100 on hard&lt;br /&gt;
** Milk this level for experience as there is no early finish bonus&lt;br /&gt;
** Randomly generated map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The map changes each time, so if you're save-scumming, be sure to checkpoint right after the scenario starts, and replay once you know where the scepter is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give Li'sar the sceptre as it gives her a ranged attack. In a later scenario another artifact (melee weapon) will be available, although it may be given to any unit. Since it replaces the unit's melee attack, it may be better to give that to Konrad since his melee attack is not as powerful as Li'sar's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No early finish bonus, so if you have the gold, this is a good place to level up. If you do, poise the character who is going to pick up the Sceptre right next to it, then send everybody else up to attack. Since there is a large time limit, milk every unit you can for maximum experience. And remember, Dwarvish Lords came in very handy later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: in version 1.2.4 there is an early finish bonus.(for easy mode at least) It is still a good place (and idea) to level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: There is an early finish bonus for I had beat this stage within thirty turns and that had gave me a bonus of 37 gold per turn which multiplied to 185.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Choice Must Be Made ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either of the leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill either leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Next level depends on killed leader&lt;br /&gt;
*** Northern orcish leader will get you to the ''Snow Plains'' and the Flaming Sword&lt;br /&gt;
*** Southern undead leader will get you to the ''Swamp Of Dread'' and give you the chance to get lotsa gold&lt;br /&gt;
** Simply decide for one direction and block the bridge in the other direction unless you want to fight on two large fronts&lt;br /&gt;
** First real chance to level gryphons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill either leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose whether to go north or south. A Death Knight and the undead lie to the south, guarding the way to the Swamp of Dread. This path is easier, as the undead are hampered by the swampy terrain even more than you. To the north are the usual orc horde, fighting in the hills, a tougher battle. Your choice will affect which magic artifact you can get in the next level. Northwards are the Snow Plains, where a magic weapon awaits; south is the Undead Swamp, where one of your units can obtain better armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you go north or south, recruit a few level 1 units as sacrifices, or use fast-moving gryphons to delay the other force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: If you plan to head south against the undead leader, you can use your mermen - there are large tracts of swampy terrain for them to travel around in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Gryphon riders make excellent diversions if you need to draw the enemy's attention away, especially if you are headed north and need something to slow down the undead chasing you from the south. Fly a gryphon rider or two southwest and make village-stealing forays east towards the undead castle. A couple of faster undead (e.g. chocobones) will usually move far away enough to catch up to your main army, but the remaining units should be temporarily distracted by the gryphons and waste a few turns turning back to go after them. This should free the bulk of your forces to deal with the orcs in the hills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Snow Plains ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 43&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill the leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Li'sar will tell you she does not like her mother&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will find the Flaming Sword (15-4 melee, fire, magical) hidden under the great tree in the northeast near the enemy keep.  It will take Konrad a while to slog through the snow, forest, and hills, so you'll have to think about how many turns he will recall units.  Dwarves will do well in the mountains, as will the flying gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Swamp Of Dread ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of undead, but also many villages. You can earn lots of gold if you can capture and hold villages. It may be useful recruiting cheap units to defend villages against bats. One of the Death Knights drops the Void Armor when killed. The unit that picks it up will gain high resistance to physical damage (blade, impact and pierce). Since Li'sar is vulnerable to precisely those types of damage, you should probably give her the armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all 5 enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip:This is another stage where you can use mermans specifically your strongest merman, merman priestess and ones with the tridents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home of the North Elves ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Reach the forest kingdom of Emetria&lt;br /&gt;
** Survive until turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 21&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 47 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Your base will be dismantled after the first turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very large map with some interesting challenges.  First, Konrad needs to move all the way across to the right side, and if you're playing on Medium or Hard, you don't have many turns to waste.  Second, Fog of War is turned on, so you won't know where the enemy is until you blunder into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, while both the orc and human sides will attack you, you can lure them into attacking each other.  The orcs start in the north central part of the map, while the humans begin in the southeast.  You must decide whether Konrad will try to sneak along the northern map edge, or try to thread between the two opponents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to win, Konrad must be in the Elvish castle by the end of the last turn.  The early finish bonus is rather substantial: 44 gp per turn. However, you only get it if you kill both enemy leaders. Also, if both leaders are dead, it no longer matters whether your hero has reached the elven castle. Therefore, if one's dead already, killing the other makes for a workable 'plan b' if you realise you're 4 turns away from the castle, but only 2 away from the timer running out. (In 1.1, the enemy camps have been reinforced, and it is no longer practical to kill the leaders.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, the fastest and best way for me was to just make Konrad run alone. Don't recall any units as the elvish riders that appear can be cannon fodder if necessary. Start by moving near the river side until you see orcs in the distance. Proceed slowly and wait for them to engage the humans. Then a group of elves will rush in to fight both orcs and humans. Time your run carefully between the elven forces in a NE direction and you can avoid meeting any humans or orcs. I think I finished in 13 or 14 turns without a single shot being fired (or flaming sword being slashed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Strategy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't feel too confident, you can always try the most cowardly route of all, by going through the plains to the South, where you can eventually jump the river to safety. However, if you go through by this route, you will have to get close to &amp;quot;glancing blow&amp;quot; distance of the Humans- and their literal army of roughly 20 Swordsmen, guarding the west side of their encampment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elven Council ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a cut-scene furthering the storyline.  No combat takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Return to Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all three enemy leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three Halbardiers appear as enemy reinforcements in the lower southeastern corner of the map when you slay the nearest general, Josephus. The bridge across the river is a good place to establish a defensive position, since attackers have to use the beach and water hexes to attack. Use the forests to your advantage: elven troops are best in forest, while the loyalists and orcs are seriously slowed by the trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all enemy leaders: 27 Gold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test of the Clans ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either all four leaders or 25 units in total&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 53&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 55 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large map against mostly Knights, Horsemen and Bowmen. The map is mostly open plains which is ideal for horse-bound units. The easiest way to win the scenario is to keep all your units in one group and take them en mass to the enemy. Fast and powerful units like Grand Knights, Lancers or Paladins are important. Units with pierce attacks (Archers, Shydes, Knights) will do good damage to Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expect heavy losses from the charge attacks, but don't fret because this is the second-to-last scenario. You'll want to finish this scenario quickly to get a nice bonus for the next level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When any of the enemy leaders is killed, it is replaced with one or two knights (two or three in Hard). Reportedly, one way to win is to gang up on Bayar with fast units while attacking the south-eastern leader with the rest of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have a long field battle, you can put groups of dwarves or elves in the hills. The enemy will tend to attack the hills, thus giving you some advantage. Hills also make a good safe haven for healing your mounted units. Try to kill the south-eastern leader early so you don't have to divert so many of your resources to the south flank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to kill all the clan leaders before killing 25 units (which finishes the scenario), recruit a castle of healers, then recruit a good force of Gryphon Riders. Grab as many villages as is safe, and then position your Gryphons on the deep water in the lake. The next castleful of recruits is your main army and two more Gryphon rides. March this south, take out the south-east leader and then send the two Gryphons to the group in the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the majority of the northwest leader's troops move away from him, assassinate him with your Gryphons.  He should die in 1-2 rounds of attacks assuming you don't lose too many of your troops.  In the south-east, recruit a couple of castles worth of Gryphon Riders and send them west to take on the Southwest (black) leader, all the while keeping your main force just out of range of attackers if at all possible.  As your Gryphons cross the river on the offensive, the AI usually moves troops back in to defend with. You should be able to out-run these. Converge all the Gryphons you have left on the middle leader (purple).  I won around turn 25 giving me around 1600 gold to start the last scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Battle for Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Asheviere&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 60&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar, as many Grand Knights as you defeated in the last map&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 46&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Defeat Asheviere and, by killing her, reclaim the throne. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One good strategy for this scenario is to set up camp around your fort and let the enemy come to you. You'll want to make sure the units on your front line can survive the beating they receive for one turn, and then you rotate them with freshly healed units. Don't attack the attackers if it means your unit won't have enough hit points to survive the next thrashing. Three or four healers will be needed behind the lines, and keep them fully occupied (remember that healers will heap 8HP to every unit adjacent to them. They're like walking sets of 6 villages). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For front-line units, level one Dwarvish Guardsman are excellent; they'll take a good beating but not lose too many hit points because of their steadfast attribute. Because they don't lose many HP, they'll also heal quickly. Only attack the enemy if no hit points will be lost. Guardsmen can throw a spear at the attacker on every turn if the attacker has no ranged attack. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other units that are good for the front line are any unit with more than 50HP. Elvish Marshals will make your Dwarvish Guardsmen even more awesome. Dwarvish Lords have an incredible 79HP and can dish it out back to the enemy. Unfortunately, after a good thrashing, these units will take a long time to heal back up because of the large number of HP lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any Assassins, rotate them up and down the line poisoning each enemy unit. The enemies have very few villages available to them, so with three Assassins you can poison half the army until the enemies have a bunch of level three units walking around with 1HP each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the enemy has no army left, you can just wander up to Asheviere and discuss her resignation over a cup of hot tea. Asheviere has exactly 48 HP, so three hits of a 16-damage weapon, like the Scepter, or four 12-damage hits, is enough for the kill. Or you could surround her with about 20 Elvish Shamans and get the last little bit of fun juice out of this game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A quick assassination can even be performed by Master Gryphons or even sometimes Gryphon Riders: you can recruit a castle of them on turn 1, send them south, elude enemy forces sent by the general in the futile attempt to catch you, then approach Asheviere for the kill (she will not have many troops at her own protection). Using this strategy, I won on turn 6 (and without losses). Swarming all four enemies with 6 new knights each turn is a very effective distraction strategy. Asheviere may divert about half of her force to destory the gryphons. If this happens, congratulations. This means you've won. You should have still about 20 living Knights, and you should easily break through her lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good bonus from The Test of the Clans should be enough to win this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One extraordinarily hilarious way to win this battle is through mass recruiting of Knights, which is quite possibly the only level Two unit you can ever recruit in the mainline campaigns.  With roughly 1500 Gold from the plains battle, you can recall every single unit of level two or higher before recruiting loads of Knights to massacre the enemy with suicidal attacks.  As long as you keep your heroes alive...  It'll be a very bloody, but short, win.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also == &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheHammerOfThursagan&amp;diff=30304</id>
		<title>TheHammerOfThursagan</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheHammerOfThursagan&amp;diff=30304"/>
		<updated>2009-04-27T23:40:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* Scenario 5 - Invaders */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== The Hammer of Thursagan ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 1 – At The East Gate ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is pretty simple. Send a mixed force of Thunderers, Fighters, and Guardsmen along the road, and a few units south into the hills if the Orcs go that way. That path through the forest can be deadly – they will surround you if they can, and can heal at the base of the path. Any Dwarf in forest is weak, while Wolf Riders are at a defensive advantage. Send the Gryphon Rider off village gathering to the north. The enemy recruited mostly Wolf Riders and Grunts, with a few Archers as I neared his keep. Preserve the Gryphon Rider, try and keep your units alive (this can be tricky to achieve while moving forward – his units are dangerous, and some are very fast – make sure hurt units stay out of reach, rather than failing to notice that an almost dead Wolf Rider being chased by a Gryphon is still a threat), and try to level at least one Dwarf – your leader is an excellent choice. Play according to the basics, and you’ll have no trouble. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 2 – Reclaiming The Past ==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only. Gain best unit ever invented. Your new companion has two magic, impact attacks, one of these slows, he’s very fast, and HE CAN LEAD PEOPLE HIS OWN LEVEL. He later becomes able to cure, and then heal +4. Angarthing makes fighting very much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 3 - Strange Allies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you are allies with the orcs, and must defeat the bandits, who start at the east end of the map, and with quite a fair bit of gold.  The bandits recruited mostly footpads and outlaws, but a few thugs, and a poacher or two near the end.  I recalled only one turns worth of dwarves and gryphon, and sent them straight east, through the river at the ford.  Your allies are an incredible help in this level; once you reach the bandit's side of the river, the orcs should already have engaged most of their troops to the south.  One good way to go about the rest of this battle is to keep your units off to one side, and grab the finishing blows, especially to those level 2 outlaws.  You should have 3 or 4 people (hopefully including Aiglondur and Angarthing) leveled by the end of this battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 4 - Troll Bridge ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This one was a piece of cake.  Recall a castle-full of troops, and set camp at the first line of trees and mountains, to the north side of the road.  After the first onslaught, the remaining either retreat, or throw themselves at your weakest unit.  Try and kill the unit with a weaker unit, he's a great chance for some experience.  Also, after you kill the leader, you find that he was sitting on a pile of 200 gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 5 - Invaders ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you flag your first vilage, you will discover, that there is quite a number of outlaws in hiding. This can be your undoing, but it can also work to your advantage: Try not to flag too many villages and retain a tight group. That way, your opponents will be quite preoccupied fighting the outlaws and you won't have to fight them simultaneously. Move in a tight pack along the southern border of the map and take out your enemies one by one. When I finally reached the northern Ork, his troops were happily brawling away with the outlaws in the northwest...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The randomization on the bandit spawning system is also another advantage.  Occasionally, you may play the map in which all the villages you flag are bandit-free...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 6 - High Pass ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recalling your gryphon rider is a must on this scenario, he will be your eye. Dwarves just can't see very far in the snow. The rest is pretty straight forward, just make sure you meet the mage hiding in a vilage near the center of the pass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 7 - Mages and Drakes ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guardsmen and Thunderers are your units of choice in this scenario since they have piercing attacks that are quite deadly to drakes. Do not try to sweep the map of all opposition, your mobility disadvantage is too huge for that. Just move to the nest of the drakes with a pack of well seasoned troops, trying to stay in the mountains/hills as much as possible, otherwise the fire drakes could really hurt your dwarves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 8 - Fear ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The worst mistake you can make in this scenario is to recall too many troops. Those ulfs look dangerous (and they probably are, if you let them get at one of your thunderers), but otherwise your enemy is weak and you will need your gold! Just make sure, the Dwarfish Ulfserkers hit only a Dwarfish Lord, preferably while he's standing on a vilage, and everything will be fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get an experienced mage at the start of this scenario. Level him to a white mage, you'll be facing undead before long and you'll need his healing abilities. It really pays to educate a second white mage, by the way, even better if he's quick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 9 - Forbidden Forest ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a tough one. You are fighting elves. You are fighting them in a forest. And you are fighting them in a fog. So, once again, your gryphon rider is a must. Trouble is: Elvish Riders are faster than he is, and he won't be able to spot Rangers or Woses. If I were playing the elves in this scenario, I would take on almost any number of dwarves. Only the stupidity of the AI saves you from a grim defeat. So recall as many units as you can, you need your numbers to make up for your tactical disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
I've never tried to run in a tight pack to the signpost. It might work, but those elves would swarm you from all sides. Of course you don't have to finish off their leaders, you will have to finish off their entire troops however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In that temple in the center is the staff of righteous flame that will strike down every enemy next to the dying mage. It might be worth to give it to an unexperienced mage and do a kamikaze attack with him. He might take out two level two units that way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 10 - The Siege of Kal Kartha ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is quite easy to grab the patch of hills in front of you, wait for the northern enemies to come to you and chew them up. But you also need to make sure, that you put enough presure on the central enemy. If left alone, he gangs up with the southern one and you may be too late to rescue your ally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 11 - The Court of Karrag ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost story only. Once again, those Berserkers are your most dangerous opponents, so take them out with your Dwarfish Lords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 12 - The Underlevels ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't start playing this scenario, if you don't have a lot of time to spare. It's not so much of a scenario, it's actually a small campaign. This is even more extreme than in &amp;quot;Under the burning Suns&amp;quot;. As this is the last fighting scenario, you can recall shamelessly. Two white mages, your loyal Archmage and another red mage are really usefull.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The galery =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A hall with a line of dwarfes on either side in extremely good defensive position. Try to take them out as fast as you can, cycling wounded units back to your healers for, before long, masked dwarves will start to pour into the galery from the other side. There is a treasure behind each line of defenders, which provides a little extra cash should you need it for more recruits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The first enemy =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sits right at the other end of the galery, again in a good defensive position. But with enough agression, he should not be a problem. Once you've taken his castle, you will need to split your forces. Split them as evenly as you can. (Did I mention, that two white mages are a real asset? Each group will need a healer!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The fight in the corridors =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your enemies now are numerous and strong. But you are fighting underground in passages only three hexes wide. This is your advantage. Form defensive lines, let them come to you, and beat them to a pulp once they do. Don't wory if this takes some time, you will have to defeat almost their entire forces, before you can dare to enter the halls at the ends of the corridors. There is no turn limit anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you defeat the southern enemy, you will find a locked door. Just leave your troops there, your other group can easily take care of getting the key in the north east corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have defeated the last enemy in the north, make sure to free the prisoners in the cells near his castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The spiders and the first lich =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you move your norther force east to find the key, you should make a decision. There is a lich on the eastern side of the map. You can enter his cellar from behind the locked door in the south, or through a long windy passage from the north. He's rather weak, but you need to take him out first, if you don't want him attacking your back while you face your real enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first posibility is to use the transportation rhunes to get your forces down to the locked door and fight him from there. In that case, go east with only a few well leveled dwarfes, Angarthing and a white mage, for there is quite a number of spiders defending the key. Once your read the spell, go back to the rhunes, reunite your forces and take out the lich in the east.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if you want to get to the lich through the back door, you need to take your whole northern force east. Defeat the spiders, run down that narrow passage until your reach the end of the tunel. It's just caved in, you can open it by moving a unit there. Before you do, open the locked door and advance with your southern force south east until you meet the undead forces. Be carefull, they recruit quite a number of shadows, nasty skirmishing, nightstalking ghosts. Once the battle is raging you can open the backdoor to the lichs castle and take him out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way, you will have to do some boring running here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The second lich =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sits in a big cavern behind the doors in the south west. Only take him on with your entire army (if you don't want to do another chokepoint fight at the door). He too makes heavy use of shadows, so make sure to form solid lines! His forces are likely to be at a fair distance when you open the door, so, with your entire army, you have a good chance to finish him in only a few turns by rushing in at top speed. If that does not work, safeload and do a chokepoint fight at the door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Karrag =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He's defended by quite a number of level 3 Draughts. They can take out a fully healed Dwarfish Lord in a single turn! So make sure, they don't hack Aiglondur to pieces. Dwarfish Lords are your unit of choice nevertheless, since their Hammers do heavy damage while they fight off the onslaught. Take out the wounded with your mages, protecting them once again with Dwarfish Lords. You should be able to get to Karrag before you have to finish off all the Draughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scenario 13 - Epilogue ====&lt;br /&gt;
Just story here.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=SonOfThe_BlackEye&amp;diff=30303</id>
		<title>SonOfThe BlackEye</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=SonOfThe_BlackEye&amp;diff=30303"/>
		<updated>2009-04-27T23:12:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* The Siege of Barag-Gor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===  The End Of Peace === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It looks tempting to recruit lots of Wolf Riders to match the humans'&lt;br /&gt;
cavalry mobility, but don't try -- they're not quite a match for&lt;br /&gt;
cavalry and tend to get cut to pieces in detail.  Two Wolf Riders for&lt;br /&gt;
village stealing is enough, recruit mostly Orcish Grunts and Orcish&lt;br /&gt;
Archers instead.  Keep close order, pot the cavalry with archers, and&lt;br /&gt;
bodyguard the archers with the grunts. Kapou'e can do a second round&lt;br /&gt;
of recruiting at the neutral keep near the east edge of the board,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  The Human Army === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid this scenario; it is basically impossible to beat.  You'll be&lt;br /&gt;
given the option at the end of the first scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Towards Mountains of Haag === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Kapou'e and your troops moving and try to brush the dwarves off&lt;br /&gt;
your flank as you pass, because if they get to mass on you and fight a&lt;br /&gt;
static battle they will chop you to dogmeat.  Recruit at most for two&lt;br /&gt;
rounds and run for the signpost at least until the trolls show up.&lt;br /&gt;
Then, if the odds are with you, you can linger a bit and harvest some&lt;br /&gt;
EP.  Again, your archers are your best offensive tool (since the&lt;br /&gt;
dwarves have no missile attack) but you need to use Grunts and Wolf&lt;br /&gt;
Riders keep the dwarves off them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  The Siege of Barag-Gor === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to winning this one is that, even though you get a nice allied&lt;br /&gt;
troop surge in Barag-Gor at the beginning of turn 2, you shouldn't&lt;br /&gt;
waste your own troops in a futile effort to hold the city. Instead,&lt;br /&gt;
run the trapped shamans out as soon as possible; a gap is likely to&lt;br /&gt;
open up to the SE around turn 3. Take your troops south to knock out&lt;br /&gt;
the elves there, then west, then north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did defend the city sucessfully, by recruiting lots of trolls.  I had a couple of wolves go get villages and to distract the southern and northeast troops from attacking the city en masse.  When I had got enough troops leveled up, I sent a force south first, to take out the southern leader and then go west for the southwestern leader.  Then, I sent out a seperate forces to the northeastern leader and northern leader.   Pay attention to income.  The more you get, the more trolls you can recruit.  (vlade)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  Defeating all four enemy leaders wins the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also Note:  Remember to try and, at the very least, get to the Assassin cage near Blue's castle- It nets you a Loyal Assassin and the ability to train MORE assassins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Towards Harbor of Tirigaz === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern enemy can be blocked with a couple of veteran units at the &lt;br /&gt;
river fort; do that while you take villages on the near side of the river&lt;br /&gt;
with your shamans and take a recruiting round or two of troops south to deal&lt;br /&gt;
with the southwestern enemy.  Ignore the holy water as any unit that reaches&lt;br /&gt;
it will just drink it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Black Flag === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you run Gr&amp;amp;uuml;&amp;amp;uuml; and Kapou'e straight south to the central keep (not stopping &lt;br /&gt;
to grab villages unless you can end a longest possible move south on one) &lt;br /&gt;
you'll get to recruit troops in time to meet the first pirates on the&lt;br /&gt;
beach. This will be good as fighting from the water hinders them.  Punch out&lt;br /&gt;
Harmon's (southern) keep first, then roll north. &lt;br /&gt;
(If you can, take out the galleons by attacking them directly before they can offload their troops. Goblin Knights or Direwolf Riders are good for this. This way you can effectively take out four units for the price of one.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  The Desert of Death === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick troops with lots of mobility because the desert is hard to move&lt;br /&gt;
in.  Use your shamans' ranged attacks against the giant scorpions.&lt;br /&gt;
Head southeast towards the near edge of the big lake; the enemy you'll&lt;br /&gt;
need to defeat is there.  His troops aren't very effective but beware&lt;br /&gt;
of letting isolated units get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Saving Inarix === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main thing to know here is that the elves have a 100-per-turn income; &lt;br /&gt;
you can contain them long enough to get Inarix to the river but you can't&lt;br /&gt;
beat them.  Block the elves with a strong force (they recruit L1s, so this&lt;br /&gt;
is a leveling-up opportunity), bloody the dwarves with a slightly weaker one,&lt;br /&gt;
and run Inarix up the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Clash of Armies === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You'll only have +4 healing from your saurians, so this is a test of how efficiently you can cycle units from the fortifications back to villages without losing them.  Your left flank is more exposed than your right as there will be gryphons and the occasional merman (they become rare after the first surge). Hold the river bastion or bridge if possible; if they get to the shore hey'll be able to widen the front and make better use of their numbers.  Orcish Slurbows will be really useful. Gr&amp;amp;uuml;&amp;amp;uuml; will be effective against the Gryphons, so try and keep him in the hills. Lure the mermen onto land and then strike at them with leveled up trolls and Inarix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  A Dwarvish Stand === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit Wolf Riders and other types with lots of mobility, because just mushing&lt;br /&gt;
through the snow to get to the enemy units is work.  Let your allies get in &lt;br /&gt;
front of you and screen your troops; you might even conaider no recruiting for &lt;br /&gt;
two turns to let then get ahead,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Back Home === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a big, messy brawl.  Your allies will show up late but in large numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
Concentrate on the human and elvish keeps nearest you, allies (including Gruu, &lt;br /&gt;
who you'll play when he arrives) should do an effective job of squashing the&lt;br /&gt;
others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Civil War === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's difficult to get this one finished in time unless you divide your forces&lt;br /&gt;
and get maximum use from the roads. Send two groups at the northwestern and &lt;br /&gt;
southeastern keeps, then converge on the southwestern one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  The Coward === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of scenery -- and lots of villages -- in this one. Build two or three&lt;br /&gt;
wolf riders just to run around grabbing villages, it will pay off.  The AI&lt;br /&gt;
will tend to move his units north to grab the coastal villages; encourage this&lt;br /&gt;
by sending a handful of veterans in that direction to draw more troops north&lt;br /&gt;
even as you run your main body down the road towards the city gate.&lt;br /&gt;
[Make sure you take out the two leaders close to your starting position on the first turn or you will be fighting a losing battle with fourteen units right on top of your four units and no place to recruit from.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Human Attack === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let your ally-generals soak up the casualties; use them to screen your&lt;br /&gt;
flanks and your movements.  A static defense on the city wall will work, or&lt;br /&gt;
you can recruit a large army early on and punch down the middle; that has the&lt;br /&gt;
advantage that you may be able to take out Earl Lanbec'h before a lot of his&lt;br /&gt;
reinforcements arrive (they show up at the south-center edge of the board&lt;br /&gt;
every morning).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Northern Alliance === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first job is to bust Kapou'e out of the ring of grey orcs, then&lt;br /&gt;
run Kapou'e north to the main keep where he can recruit.  Your ally&lt;br /&gt;
generals and Howgarth cannot quite neutralize Earl Lanbec'h by themselves, so&lt;br /&gt;
split your troops and send half south and half east after Shan Taum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  Epilogue === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30131</id>
		<title>HeirToTheThrone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30131"/>
		<updated>2009-04-11T20:47:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* The Battle for Wesnoth */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a walkthrough of '''Heir to the Throne''', the campaign featuring Konrad. It contains spoilers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suggestions herein are based on the &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Hard&amp;quot; difficulty levels. It should be possible to win the &amp;quot;Easy&amp;quot; difficulty level without trying very hard if you are an accomplished gamer.  If you feel comfortable with turn-based games, especially ones featuring units moving on a hex map, then you can play the Tutorial and then dive right into &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; to get a feel for the elements of the game. After you have played a few scenarios and are ready to restart from the beginning (and yes, it is  very likely you will have to restart the first time you play Wesnoth), try reading [[AdvancedTactics]].  You should also be familiar with the basics in [[WesnothManual]] -- this is a walkthrough, not an exposition of basic game mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each scenario has an individual forum thread where you can provide feedback to the authors.  See also the forum posts [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3601 Suggestions for Heir to the Throne walkthrough] and [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4026 Yet another &amp;quot;Heir to the Throne&amp;quot; walktrough] (sic) for more.  [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=7064 Ye Compleat Walkthrough To &amp;quot;Heir To The Throne&amp;quot;] is a detailed guide, with illustrations, to the first several scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, some [http://www.hermann-uwe.de/blog/my-wesnoth-replays-online replays] were posted by Uwe Hermann.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning spoilers ahead!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elves Besieged ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Both Konrad and Delfador must survive, and Konrad must escape to the signpost in the northwest corner of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a &amp;quot;runner&amp;quot; scenario; on turn one, recruit a castle full of fresh recruits, and then get Konrad and Delfador out of there! Send your recruits north to assist your allies, and get Konrad up to the sign-post in the north-west as quick as you can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrain dictates two routes to the signpost: west to the druid and then north, or north over the bridge and then west. If Konrad goes west, consider sending Delfador north to encourage the northern army to split. Otherwise, Konrad's route might be blocked by enemy units. If you take the northern path, veer west just south of the rough terrain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally accepted that this is not a 'gold-building' scenario but an 'army-building' one.  Thus, do not worry about capturing villages and focus solely on getting your fresh recruits some experience. Experience is gained by fighting; once a level of experience is reached, your units will &amp;quot;level up&amp;quot; and become more powerful units. A killing blow will give your units more experience than just fighting, so let your low-level units get the killing blow on a weakened opponent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two notable level 2 units you'll want are Druids and Captains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shamans level up to Druids. Druids are indispensable; they heal every unit adjacent to them by 8 hit points at the end of every turn. They also have a &amp;quot;slow&amp;quot; attack, which limits the movement of the enemy and halves their attacks. With enough battle experience, Druids become Shydes, which are the flying rescue helicopters of the game! You'll want two Druids in your army for the rest of the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elvish fighters level up to Captains (level 2) and Marshals (level 3). These units increase the attack power of adjacent units of lower levels than themselves, and can do decent damage to the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to use the CTRL-v command to see how far all enemy units will be able to move on their next turn. Click on an unoccupied hex and then move the cursor over an enemy unit to see how far that unit will be able to move. Be careful with your heroes and constantly think of their safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a general note, computer allies are fickle and cannot be depended upon except to get in the way (thus slowing down the enemy) and try to steal your kills. Your allies will attempt to defend a corridor for Konrad to reach the signpost. Let your allies lead the attack and bear the brunt of the enemy blows before you slip in an elf to deliver the killing blow. Earning experience in this scenario, without having your units killed, is quite difficult, because the orcs are very strong and your elvish allies are just as eager to earn experience as you are! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Delfador is already at his maximum level and can do a large amount of damage to the enemy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options on the Preferences dialog that will speed things up: &amp;quot;Skip AI Moves&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Accelerated Speed&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus: 30 gold per turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2881 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Blackwater Port ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns (9 on Hard), or kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening dialog will introduce a new friend, Haldiel. He is a loyal Horseman, and costs zero gold each turn compared to those you recruit, so try to keep him alive.  Loyal is generally accepted as the best trait in the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you recall units, choose those that have enough experience to be worth the 2 to 6 gold difference over fresh recruits, or that have specific traits that you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is your choice whether you treat this scenario as a gold-building or army-building one.  If you wish to treat it as gold-building, recruit or recall some fast units (scouts or horsemen) to take the villages to the south and southwest.  Do not overspend on Horsemen. Acquire at least 4 to 6 elves, including some shamans. (Even if you don't think they are very useful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to treat it as army-building, recall and recruit til you have no gold (often only one castleful if you did not attain gold from the previous scenario) and focus again on maximizing the experience and levels of your troops.  Be very careful with levelled or near-levelled units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An aggressive strategy is to recruit heavily. Move your elves to the woods east of the enemy's castle and hold a defensive position during the night. When day comes, attack every enemy unit in the hills, then continue onto the enemy castle and destroy the leader. You will probably need to start with at least 250 gold for this to work and it is VERY difficult to accomplish on Hard (but you will attain an EXTRA loyal knight, FAR more than any other benefit you could achieve in this level).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fiscally conservative strategy is to form up inside the closer woods out of range of the orcs. At dawn, move the horsemen to lure the orcs into the open ground. Be patient and let the enemy come to you.  Position your horsemen in the grasslands and your elves in the woods to improve your defence. The knights provided by your ally will cover your northern flank. Mix your units in with your allies and try to get the finishing blow after they have weakened enemy units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also send Haldiel west as fast as possible and attempt to take the village due south of the enemy castle.  This will draw the orcs south and make it more likely you will be able to engage them in the woods, where your elves rule.  Be careful to not let Haldiel get pinned down and killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to send units to take the villages close to your ally's castle. After all, Sir Kaylan would only use the gold to recruit troops that would steal your experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2929 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Isle of Alduin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to victory is to control the villages, earning the gold you need to recruit or recall troops.  You have the option to send the majority of your army west or south with village grabbers going the opposite direction.  If you choose to send your army west (recommended) send a scout and an archer south, grabbing alternating villages. Done intelligently they will each grab 1 village per turn until they are near the opponents keep. Be careful of engaging the enemy on the west flank near the hills at night: this is where they shine. Back off to the forests and wait for a more favorable time of day if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following strategy works well if you take care of your unit placement. Protect units you cannot afford to lose from multiple attacks at night or when weakened, particularly new horsemen and magi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First recall or recruit 3 elvish scouts. Send two scouts to the southern villages, and the third to the village to the northwest. Recruit 3 fighters; send one to the south and the other two to the southwest. This works best if one scout is &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot; and the fighter recruited to fill the southeastern hex of your castle is also &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot;. If not you may have to modify this strategy. Send Delfador up to the northwest on the first turn to find the mage and send the mage down to the village next to the castle. Konrad should take two nearby villages in the first two turns, because you have no money left anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the scouts goes as far south as possible, taking villages and distracting the enemy. This scout is usually destroyed by turn 4. That's OK. The other scout in the south usually has to retreat to survive. You try to take all the villages in the south you can and then reinforce the south slowly and move south. Now your main push is in the west because most villages are there and you need an income of over 20 per turn to recall all of your good troops. I usually use the scout I have sent to the northwest village on the island to take all of the far northwest villages. Delfador can destroy an enemy unit each turn, especially saurians, because these pesky units can kill weakened units in the rear. Horsemen take too long to cross the forest south of your castle but are strong on the western plains during daytime. Send newly-recruited horsemen to the west along with magi. A shaman is useful to the south and later one can be sent to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching turn 10-12, you should have assembled two reasonably powerful forces on each side of the lake. The westerly one usually is based on Delfador and horsemen-mage combos with fighters and archers for ZOC purposes, and the eastern force almost entirely of elves. Remember magi work best against trolls and grunts, and horsemen against archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move south in tight groups, trying not to get too aggressive at night with the west group, until they meet at the far southern end of the island, and assault the castle together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a new player, you've probably been focusing on game mechanics and how the units and terrain interact. If so, it's time to give serious thought to leveling up some units by allowing them to strike the killing blow. When Konrad or an elven fighter is at level 2, they get the &amp;quot;leadership&amp;quot; skill. When a shaman levels up, they get the &amp;quot;cure&amp;quot; skill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardly any player notices this, but this scenario offers the opportunity for some extra experience at the expense of very little gold. The early finish bonus is 38, but there are 36 villages on the island, so if you control all villages, you only lose 2 gold per turn (or only 1.6 gold, since only 80% can be retained - should be less than 24, since you hardly ever finish more than 15 turns early). So instead of killing the remaining enemies - especially the enemy leader - you might encircle them and reduce their health to a minimum. If you do not attack them in the subsequent turns, they will neither attack nor move, thus regain 2 HP per turn and will eventually be healthy enough to stand an attack of your weaker units. This is a relatively safe way to milk some extra XPs out of them for your weaker units (preferably magi and shamans). While milking level 1 units may not be very rewarding, milking the level 2 leader might easily give 20 extra XPs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A note about playing with Magi: They are weak units, but become important later in the game. Over the next few levels, you'll want to level at least two Magi to White Magi for later in the game; they have an arcane (or holy) attack which does incredible amounts of damage to the undead. Fire Magi can eventually level up to level 4 Great Magi, which are walking killing machines, and Fire Magi do decent damage to most other units, especially trolls and skeletons. Magi are weak, however, so they need to be guarded by stronger units. Don't let the enemy have more than one attack position on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2959 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bay of Pearls ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill one or both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must fight the sea leader, a sea orc, bats, and nagas with the mermen. It will be nigh impossible for your horsemen and elves to wade to the island to fight the sea leader in time, so try to preserve your mermen for this. Mermen and nagas both have high defense in water, so combat can be a bit slow and frustrating. Concentrate three or four mermen on a single enemy unit at a time, rather than spreading your attacks piecemeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn, have Konrad recruit or recall some units. Which units, and in which order, is your first tactical decision. If you recruit/recall in pairs, with one fast (6 movement points or more) and one slow unit, then one will be able to move onto the island the next turn, while the other is still wading through the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, move Konrad to the cage on the island just to the east. This will free some mermen. (How many depends on whether you are playing on Easy, Medium, or Hard.) One of these can go open the second cage, and so on. There is another cage to the northeast, and one far to the north. Your second tactical decision is which of these two objectives will receive the bulk of your mermen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even further north is the Storm Trident, which can only be picked up by one of your mermen. This ranged attack will be crucial in defeating the sea leader. If you win the sea battle, you can use the mermen in one of two ways. You can harass or even assassinate the land orc leader, although you should expect heavy losses; Or, you can attempt to lure the land orcs into the water, where they will be easy prey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On land, you have to fight off a wave of orcs and trolls heading south and then west. Your third tactical decision is how far west to engage the enemy. Consider carefully the time of day! You are hindered by the limited recruitment you can do each turn, and how long it takes your elves and horsemen to trickle across the river.  You will probably need to advance and retreat your units several times, depending on time of day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Careful management of your killing blows should allow several units to get to Level 2. A charging horseman does so much damage it will be easy for the horsemen to get all the kills, but try to get at least Konrad, a shaman, the merman with the trident, and an elven fighter leveled up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outcome of this battle affects the next scenario you play. If you kill the sea leader you wind up on Isle of the Damned. If you kill the land leader you wind up on Muff Malal's Peninsula. If you kill both, you can choose. You fight undead either way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New players should take the land route to Muff Malal's Peninsula, where you can easily level up your existing units or collect an early finish bonus. Experienced players or those who are looking for an interesting tactical exercise may wish to consider the sea route to the Isle of the Damned: you can't recall any of your previous units (except mermen), but you can recruit outlaw-type humans and perhaps recruit a loyal White Mage for future scenarios. Note that this is the only opportunity to do so in the entire campaign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Overall, I got more mileage from elves compared to the outlaws you can recruit in the brief window of opportunity provided by the Isle of the Damned scenario. However, the White Mage you can pick up there is a godsend, plus you can give your mermen some much-needed experience by harassing the undead through hit-and-run attacks from all around the island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders, and the ability to choose the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3022 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Muff Malal's Peninsula ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an easy scenario, and your aim here should be to build up your gold by controlling most villages, while earning experience against enemy forces. The enemy recruits bats to capture villages, and hordes of Walking Corpses to keep you busy.  The occasional Dark Adept can be dangerous on Hard difficulty, but is vulnerable to melee attack, especially from knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One approach is to recall a few level 2 units supported by a mage. These units build a defensive position in the central part of the map, using hills and forest for cover, and hold off the first wave of Walking Corpses. Mounted troops capture villages in the north and west, and can charge down the flanks at daytime. A merman or two distract enemy bats and capture sea villages. If you can recall the merman that picked up the trident in Bay of Pearls, it will be able to dispatch bats easily on its own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During daytime, your main force advances to one of the villages in the south-east, where you wait for more Walking Corpses to attack. A level 2 melee unit (eg. Elvish Captain) can use the village defense bonus to survive attacks, and heal between turns. By the time it is low on hit points, it should be advancing to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should now control most villages and have some gold, so recruit or recall additional troops. Launch an offensive with your central force, supported by your horsemen advancing at the sides.  Don't forget to use Konrad in the attack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try to attack with human units only at day, when the undead are at their weakest, and hold the lines with your elves at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3178 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Isle of the Damned ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leaders, or survive for 27 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad is washed overboard during a storm, but is rescued by two mermen. You start out with 100 gold and cannot recall any units. You are joined by Urlaf, a level 2 Outlaw.  In addition to Mermen, you can recruit his friends: Thugs, Poachers and Footpads. This is the only time in the campaign that these units can be recruited, but any outlaw units surviving this scenario can be recalled later. Your gold from Bay of Pearls (minus the usual 20% discount) is saved for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is a White Mage with a holy sword which is very effective against undead. He is hiding in one of the three temples, and will join your cause if you find him. Beware: Xakae, a Revenant with a retinue of Walking Corpses, is waiting to ambush you in another temple. Moremirmu and Xakae are randomly placed; the third temple is always empty. Xakae and the Corpses can be a useful source of experience if you have the troops to deal with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mermen can be used succesfully to harrass the undead in their rear. Typically the undead responds by withdrawing forces to deal with your mermen. Occasionally this tactic can be used to isolate and trap an undead leader while their forces are busy with your land troops. Don't expect the mermen to survive, though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is critical to winning but also quite fragile. He will die quickly if he is attacked by multiple undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders. Moremirmu (and his holy sword) will join you in future scenarios only if both are defeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3179 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Siege of Elensefar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad arrives at the southern end of a large map. The island city of Elensefar dominates the center, and the cave of the necromancer Muff Jaanal is far to the north. The orcish warlord Agadla has taken the city. You know what to do!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to retake the city. You could choose to charge across the bridges and fight your way onto the island, taking heavy casualties from the level 2 orcish warriors along the way. Or, you can lure the orcs into the water where they are easy to hit. Remember that mermen, especially the one with the Storm Trident, move quickly and defend quite well in water or on the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will recieve some help from the Thieves Guild. Apparently, an orcish occupation is bad for business. They will either show you a hidden ford onto the island, or attack the north gate after you take one of the island villages. Whether you choose to storm the city, and which aid to accept, depends in large part on how much of a hurry you are in.  Every turn, the undead march southward, and you'll have quite a fight on your hands after they reinforce the orcs in the city proper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you defeat the orcs, you must fight your way north.  Fighting against the undead requires a different mix of units than fighting the orcs. Your mermen are too slow on land.  Horsemen and elvish units do reduced damage to skeletons.  Here, you need... mages.  Lots and lots of mages. And a paladin, if you've leveled a unit that high enough. Expect to spend many turns fighting through the northernmost six hexes. You are fighting in a cave, which slows your units down. Being underground, it is also treated as night for the time of day penalties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you should have either Konrad or a level 2 elven fighter with the Leadership ability. A unit adjacent to a leader receives a +25% bonus to damage. Likewise, carefully position shamen or white mages in your lines so they can heal wounded units.  Two adjacent healers will heal each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3224 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Crossroads ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the north-eastern enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two strategies: either to &amp;quot;run for it&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;kill them all&amp;quot;.  Which you choose will probably depend on whether you want to earn lots of gold, or level up lots of units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to run,  recall two turn's worth of troops.  Most should be level 2, but you should recruit one or two units as sacrifical lambs. Having two healers (who will stay adjacent to each other for mutual healing) is almost a necessity. Move the units in formation (probably in two packs) along the road. Do not be tempted to move units into the mountains.  The increased defence is not worth the risk of triggering ambushes. Drive your way to the leader in the northwest, kill them, and reap the early finish bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second strategy is to methodically destroy all enemy units on the map. Recruit two turns worth of units, and then drive south.  Overcome the southern leader, and recruit more troops in his castle.  Move back north, moving into every town and through the mountains, in order to trigger ambushes. This strategy is trickier to pull off, but careful management of your kills should allow you to level multiple units. (Just be careful not to run out of turns...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  The first two villages that on the screen that you will likely attempt to grab trigger an Elvish Fighter and Elvish Archer to join your party and warn you about the hills.  Keep in mind that they, too, are Loyal troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3281 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Princess of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Subdue Li'sar to win&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad's life now takes an interesting turn, as he meets the Princess of Wesnoth, Li'sar.  Instead of dying when you &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; her, she surrenders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is supported by troops from the Loyalist faction. Even your tough level 2 units make tempting targets for her lawful horsemen; they will charge and probably kill them.  Use terrain and position sacrificial level 1 screening units while the sun is high. Likewise, you can try for a quick kill by charging Li'sar with your own horsemen or knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This otherwise straightforward battle is enlivened by reinforcements that Li'sar summons on turns 5 and 10.  Also, a level 2 Duelist will defend the Princess' honor when you approach her, appearing from the south of your position.  You can trigger his arrival by exploring the mountain with an entrance. Capture the villages on the eastern side as you cross the river, and position units to cover the north-eastern plain to prevent Li'sar's mounted units from capturing these villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this scenario, you should have learned a painful lesson in how the computer player targets its attacks...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3401 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Valley of Death ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two holy water bottles on the map. The unit which picks them up will have their melee attacks be holy for the duration of this scenario. These are especially useful for powerful melee units like Elvish Heroes or Champions which otherwise do little damage to the undead. Or, you could recruit Horsemen and have them grab the holy water.  They should easily level to level 2 Lancers or Knights, and maybe even to a Level 3 Paladin by the end of the scenario. As in previous scenarios, mages will be effective against most of the undead enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One strategy is recruit a large army, defeat one of the enemies, and hole up in that enemy's castle. The southern enemy is popular for this strategy. It apparently also works to pack the lake around the starting castle with mermen, and hole up there. Don't underestimate the power of the Walking Corpses (WCs) recruited by the eastern necromancer.  They are slow but there are so many that they can overwhelm and kill even your most powerful units if given the chance. On the other hand, do not underestimate the crowd-clearing ability of a Paladin or blessed Champion!  A WC will lurch next to your unit. It will attack.  It will die, leaving room for another WC to lurch forward. &lt;br /&gt;
(Windscion: Unfortunately, this is also a good way to get a high level unit killed: 10 WCs in one turn can be deadly. I prefer a line of archers backed by healers.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't have the money to recruit a large or powerful army, recruit a few Elvish Fighters and send them to the forest north of your castle. Their job is to slow the Revenant for several turns and then die gloriously. Flee with Konrad and the rest of your army to the south-east corner. If you're lucky, the WC horde will be too slow to reach you before the scenario ends. A cowardly tactic, yes -- but you'll survive...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you played Isle of The Damned without killing both Liches, and Moremirmu survived, then he will reinforce you with three White Mage buddies between turns 7-10. You can't recall them after this scenario, so they are expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy, which requires to have Moremirmu to help you and allows you to kill the three Liches, is to recruit 2 horsemen(or recall their leveled up units) and as many thieves as you can, send each horsemen to gather the bottles of holy water, and kill with them the northern and eastern Liches; don't send them the horseman to the northern Lich too quick, because if you do his army will focus on it, and it won't reach the Lich. Move Konrad, Delfador, the elf from the high elven council, and your thieves towards the southeast corner. The thieves be used as a barrier to protect your more important units; place them in woods, mountains or villages(never in plains) as soon as they can, so that the northern and eastern Liches concentrate on them and leave Konrad and his group alone. With some luck you'll kill the northern and eastern Liches around the same turn that Moremirmu appears, and Konrad and his group will survive enough time to have one of Moremirmu's white mages kill the Southern Lich during day time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus if you somehow manage to defeat all enemy leaders. If you do, feel free to boast about your accomplishment at the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3402 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gryphon Mountain ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad starts in the lower left corner of the map.  General Robert, commanding Loyalist troops, is in the upper right.  In the middle of the map, surrounded by mountains, is the Mother Gryphon and three sleeping Gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you kill the Mother Gryphon before the Loyalists do, you will have access to gryphon eggs, allowing you to to recruit Gryphon Riders in future scenarios.  Opinions differ as to whether their ability to capture far-flung villages, safely lure enemy troops, and ability to pierce the map shroud are worth their high cost.  Even if you decide not to attack the Gryphons, the enemy will -- and then the wild beasts of the air might decide to attack you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick victory to earn the early finish bonus, head up the right side of the mountains.  To earn experience, head towards the Mother Gryphon, and the enemy will come to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both the mother gryphon as well as the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ford of Abez ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Move Konrad to the north side of the river&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide Abez river cuts across the middle of the map from left to right, with Konrad starting on the lower right side.  Princess Li'sar starts on the lower left, and an orc band is on the north side of the river.  If you have lots of gold, if you have a plethora of well-seasoned fighting troops, and you think you're ready for a challenge, you could try and attack the Princess.  But do a save first; you'll need it after you are wiped out by her Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your major decision (after you learn that the Princess's escort is just too tough) is whether to have Konrad recruit for one turn or two.  Do not recruit land troops with less than five movement points, as they will have trouble wading across the ford. You're under immense time pressure.  The chaotic orcs will attack from the north, the Princess's lawful Loyalists will attack from the south, and... a new enemy (alignment: hungry) will be attacking from downstream.  Except for the hungry ones--who will be focused on killing anything in their path--all the enemies will be focused on killing Konrad. The hungry enemies might assist you somewhat as they will probably hit the orcs and humans before trying to snack on your forces.  Also, the orcs and humans will fight if they happen to cross paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember those loyal mermen from in the Bay of Pearls?  They should comprise your principal fighting force.  Be sure to send one downstream to acquire the Storm Trident there.  Lure the orcs into the water, where your mermen have excellent defence and the orcs are highly vulnerable.  If you captured the eggs last scenario, consider using a gryphon to distract the enemy.(Note in the latest version Gryphons are not available until a later scenario)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for getting Konrad onto dry land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=8716 forum discussion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Winter ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders (2 of them)&lt;br /&gt;
*Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
*Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
*Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, a random soldier&lt;br /&gt;
*Early finish bonus: ?? &amp;lt;!-- Uh, could someone fill this in? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Other:&lt;br /&gt;
**Snow falls on turns 6 and 10, making the tundra patches larger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively simple scenario. The quickest strategy is to recall a few Knights, Lancers, Paladins, and/or Grand Knights along with fresh Horsemen, kill the northwestern leader, then head east. The eastern leader's wolf riders will attempt to attack you through the center of the map, so be sure to place a few horsemen there. It's a good idea for Kalenz and Delfador to defend the southern mountains, as a few riders may come there as well. This is a good level for getting a large amount of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Dwarven Doors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Konrad to entrance of the Dwarfen Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 26&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Blidd, Kalenz, level 1 thug&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Find the correct entrance (the eastern one -- or the main one in version 1.3.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario offers the usual strategic choice -- run for the exit and an early finish bonus, or slowly and carefully exterminate the enemy forces.  If you choose to follow Delfador's advice and flee in terror, recruit one turn's worth of elven riders or gryphons to sacrifice as screening units.  If you choose to attack, you'll be in for a struggle.  For a real challenge, move to the middle of the map and get attacked from all sides... If you want to kill all three leaders, taking out the south eastern one with your full force and then splitting to take on both the others. Move Konrad near the exit (the eastern one!) so you can abort at any time. -- [v.1.3.4: moving directly to the eastern entrance does not work; it is blocked]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main door by the lake is barred from the inside.  Further, there is the usual tentacular horror hiding in the lake near the ancient subterranean Dwarven Kingdom. This means you will have to go into the entrance on the east.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you fought on the Isle of the Damned, one of your outlaws will tell you about a Bandit who will be willing to ally with you. The initial outlaw is expendable, the other one is loyal, though (no upkeep cost!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;coward&amp;quot; strategy for version 1.3.4 :&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, you get a elvish scout, who says he'll check the entrance to see if it is opened. Send him there, passing on the right of the mountains that are along the &amp;quot;path&amp;quot; to the entrance. This will stop the north western orcs from killing him too soon. Once that is done, move the scout to the north western mountains, to lure the ennemies there.&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit one turn worth of elvish scouts as sacrificial units. They'll lure the ennemies away from Konrad. For a higher chance of success, leave Delfador and Kalenz near your keep, in the south. Since Kalenz is weak, he can easily be killed before Konrad makes it to the cave entrance. Once Konrad is near the center of the map (and overwhelmed by orcs), move them North a bit, to attract ennemies to them. All you need to do now is move Konrad to the entrance as fast as possible. The cuttlefish should appear in the lake as you pass by it, which will delay the orcs some more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do It Quickly:&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn recruit some units you may want to give experience to (and you're not afraid of losing them too), but choose only those having movement range 6 or greater. Then capture two nearest villages with Konrad and Delfador. Run straight north. The elf scout should be the leader to the doors and the only step off the straight path is to capture the village NE of the lake. This should unleash the octopus which will attract NW troops (not sure, tried only once)&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern and western opponents are lazy and more attracted to the villages income than to fight. So they will first go south to capture villages near your keep. Before they do, you'll be at the middle of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
If you recruited units with movement 6 and headed N without any stop, you're likely to be engaged at the pillars by some units from NW. Delfador and other leaders should have no problem dealing with them. Next attack may happen at the doors, one turn before Konrad reaches the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
I managed to do it, losing only one 1st level mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
I played on medium and found that I had only 20 turns. Killing all the orc leaders didn't end the game. You will still need to reach the door with Konrad. After reloading, I killed all the orc leaders AND managed to get Konrad to the door within 20 turns (20 exactly) but there was no bonus and I ended up with -ve gold because I had to recall all my veterans to kill the leaders. Finally, I adopted the coward's strategy. Created 5 Elvish scouts and 10 thieves and used them as canon fodder for the orcs. There were too many orcs and only 2 of the scouts survived but I ended up with 11 rounds of bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plunging into the Darkness ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the dwarves&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Secret pasage in southeastern part of the tunnel&lt;br /&gt;
** A very short and straightforward map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you're reading this walkthrough, you'll also be interested in locating the secret passage leading to a chest of 200 gold pieces in the southwest. However, said chest is guarded by a rather nasty poison-biting, slow-web-throwing level 3 spider. Beware the blood bats, seek out a niche in the wall, and be wary exploring the secret passage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: After this map, gryphon riders will finally be available for recruiting - provided you killed the Mother Gryphon during the Gryphon Mountain scenario previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: For the next three stages you don't have to use too many dwarven companions. All I needed was 2 fighters, 2 riders, 2 guardmen,and 2 thunderers. These fighters I use over and over leading them to all level up to level 3 and having lots of gold by the time I finish the cave levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lost General ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill all enemy leaders (there are two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 64(!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing both enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving underground is slow, especially for elves.  Their fighters and archers are also ineffective against undead.  Outriders and slyphs might be worth recruiting, if you can afford them.  Likewise, gryphons and horsemen are bogged down.  Recruit dwarves for speed, and mages to back them up. (However, a griffon can pass the small pond quickly, and there are four towns on the other side.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are fighting Lionel, a former general turned Death Knight, who starts trapped in the south.  To the west is the usual orc/troll force.  In the north is a dwarven ally, although if you are too slow they will be overwhelmed by the orcs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dwarven fighters do well against the undead, while the Thunderers do best against the orcs and trolls.    If you choose to go for money, rush troops both south and north, reinforcing the native dwarves and triggering the appearance of the undead.  If you choose to go for experience, ignore the undead until you have killed the orcs, then return en masse to destroy the undead.  Don't take too long, as Lionel will break forth on turn 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to get to Lionel: an entrance opens in the pond on turn 19/20; and walls collapse when units move into tiles just south of the sign that says &amp;quot;Guest Quarters&amp;quot;, regardless of when this happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hasty Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing enemy leader + 200 Gold from Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is about to attack, when you are surrounded by orcs and trolls.  She joins forces with you to defeat the troll leader, bringing her Royal Guards and 500 gold worth of allied troops to the struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your greatest challenge will be to survive the first few turns, as the death of any of Konrad's companions will end the scenario.  &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defeated the first wave, it is relatively easy to finish off any remaining trolls and move north to the troll leader.  Try and encourage your allies to go first and take the hefty damage from the Level 2 and Level 3 trolls, while your mages and dwarves get the experience for killing blows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Sceptre of Fire ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Capture the Scepter of Fire with Konrad or Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Gold gift from Li'sar: 300 on easy, 200 on medium, 100 on hard&lt;br /&gt;
** Milk this level for experience as there is no early finish bonus&lt;br /&gt;
** Randomly generated map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The map changes each time, so if you're save-scumming, be sure to checkpoint right after the scenario starts, and replay once you know where the scepter is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give Li'sar the sceptre as it gives her a ranged attack. In a later scenario another artifact (melee weapon) will be available, although it may be given to any unit. Since it replaces the unit's melee attack, it may be better to give that to Konrad since his melee attack is not as powerful as Li'sar's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No early finish bonus, so if you have the gold, this is a good place to level up. If you do, poise the character who is going to pick up the Sceptre right next to it, then send everybody else up to attack. Since there is a large time limit, milk every unit you can for maximum experience. And remember, Dwarvish Lords came in very handy later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: in version 1.2.4 there is an early finish bonus.(for easy mode at least) It is still a good place (and idea) to level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: There is an early finish bonus for I had beat this stage within thirty turns and that had gave me a bonus of 37 gold per turn which multiplied to 185.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Choice Must Be Made ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either of the leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill either leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Next level depends on killed leader&lt;br /&gt;
*** Northern orcish leader will get you to the ''Snow Plains'' and the Flaming Sword&lt;br /&gt;
*** Southern undead leader will get you to the ''Swamp Of Dread'' and give you the chance to get lotsa gold&lt;br /&gt;
** Simply decide for one direction and block the bridge in the other direction unless you want to fight on two large fronts&lt;br /&gt;
** First real chance to level gryphons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill either leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose whether to go north or south. A Death Knight and the undead lie to the south, guarding the way to the Swamp of Dread. This path is easier, as the undead are hampered by the swampy terrain even more than you. To the north are the usual orc horde, fighting in the hills, a tougher battle. Your choice will affect which magic artifact you can get in the next level. Northwards are the Snow Plains, where a magic weapon awaits; south is the Undead Swamp, where one of your units can obtain better armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you go north or south, recruit a few level 1 units as sacrifices, or use fast-moving gryphons to delay the other force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: If you plan to head south against the undead leader, you can use your mermen - there are large tracts of swampy terrain for them to travel around in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Gryphon riders make excellent diversions if you need to draw the enemy's attention away, especially if you are headed north and need something to slow down the undead chasing you from the south. Fly a gryphon rider or two southwest and make village-stealing forays east towards the undead castle. A couple of faster undead (e.g. chocobones) will usually move far away enough to catch up to your main army, but the remaining units should be temporarily distracted by the gryphons and waste a few turns turning back to go after them. This should free the bulk of your forces to deal with the orcs in the hills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Snow Plains ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 43&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill the leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Li'sar will tell you she does not like her mother&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will find the Flaming Sword (15-4 melee, fire, magical) hidden under the great tree in the northeast near the enemy keep.  It will take Konrad a while to slog through the snow, forest, and hills, so you'll have to think about how many turns he will recall units.  Dwarves will do well in the mountains, as will the flying gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Swamp Of Dread ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of undead, but also many villages. You can earn lots of gold if you can capture and hold villages. It may be useful recruiting cheap units to defend villages against bats. One of the Death Knights drops the Void Armor when killed. The unit that picks it up will gain high resistance to physical damage (blade, impact and pierce). Since Li'sar is vulnerable to precisely those types of damage, you should probably give her the armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all 5 enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip:This is another stage where you can use mermans specifically your strongest merman, merman priestess and ones with the tridents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home of the North Elves ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Reach the forest kingdom of Emetria&lt;br /&gt;
** Survive until turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 21&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 47 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Your base will be dismantled after the first turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very large map with some interesting challenges.  First, Konrad needs to move all the way across to the right side, and if you're playing on Medium or Hard, you don't have many turns to waste.  Second, Fog of War is turned on, so you won't know where the enemy is until you blunder into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, while both the orc and human sides will attack you, you can lure them into attacking each other.  The orcs start in the north central part of the map, while the humans begin in the southeast.  You must decide whether Konrad will try to sneak along the northern map edge, or try to thread between the two opponents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to win, Konrad must be in the Elvish castle by the end of the last turn.  The early finish bonus is rather substantial: 44 gp per turn. However, you only get it if you kill both enemy leaders. Also, if both leaders are dead, it no longer matters whether your hero has reached the elven castle. Therefore, if one's dead already, killing the other makes for a workable 'plan b' if you realise you're 4 turns away from the castle, but only 2 away from the timer running out. (In 1.1, the enemy camps have been reinforced, and it is no longer practical to kill the leaders.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, the fastest and best way for me was to just make Konrad run alone. Don't recall any units as the elvish riders that appear can be cannon fodder if necessary. Start by moving near the river side until you see orcs in the distance. Proceed slowly and wait for them to engage the humans. Then a group of elves will rush in to fight both orcs and humans. Time your run carefully between the elven forces in a NE direction and you can avoid meeting any humans or orcs. I think I finished in 13 or 14 turns without a single shot being fired (or flaming sword being slashed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Strategy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't feel too confident, you can always try the most cowardly route of all, by going through the plains to the South, where you can eventually jump the river to safety. However, if you go through by this route, you will have to get close to &amp;quot;glancing blow&amp;quot; distance of the Humans- and their literal army of roughly 20 Swordsmen, guarding the west side of their encampment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elven Council ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a cut-scene furthering the storyline.  No combat takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Return to Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all three enemy leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three Halbardiers appear as enemy reinforcements in the lower southeastern corner of the map when you slay the nearest general, Josephus. The bridge across the river is a good place to establish a defensive position, since attackers have to use the beach and water hexes to attack. Use the forests to your advantage: elven troops are best in forest, while the loyalists and orcs are seriously slowed by the trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all enemy leaders: 27 Gold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test of the Clans ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either all four leaders or 25 units in total&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 53&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 55 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large map against mostly Knights, Horsemen and Bowmen. The map is mostly open plains which is ideal for horse-bound units. The easiest way to win the scenario is to keep all your units in one group and take them en mass to the enemy. Fast and powerful units like Grand Knights, Lancers or Paladins are important. Units with pierce attacks (Archers, Shydes, Knights) will do good damage to Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expect heavy losses from the charge attacks, but don't fret because this is the second-to-last scenario. You'll want to finish this scenario quickly to get a nice bonus for the next level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When any of the enemy leaders is killed, it is replaced with one or two knights (two or three in Hard). Reportedly, one way to win is to gang up on Bayar with fast units while attacking the south-eastern leader with the rest of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have a long field battle, you can put groups of dwarves or elves in the hills. The enemy will tend to attack the hills, thus giving you some advantage. Hills also make a good safe haven for healing your mounted units. Try to kill the south-eastern leader early so you don't have to divert so many of your resources to the south flank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to kill all the clan leaders before killing 25 units (which finishes the scenario), recruit a castle of healers, then recruit a good force of Gryphon Riders. Grab as many villages as is safe, and then position your Gryphons on the deep water in the lake. The next castleful of recruits is your main army and two more Gryphon rides. March this south, take out the south-east leader and then send the two Gryphons to the group in the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the majority of the northwest leader's troops move away from him, assassinate him with your Gryphons.  He should die in 1-2 rounds of attacks assuming you don't lose too many of your troops.  In the south-east, recruit a couple of castles worth of Gryphon Riders and send them west to take on the Southwest (black) leader, all the while keeping your main force just out of range of attackers if at all possible.  As your Gryphons cross the river on the offensive, the AI usually moves troops back in to defend with. You should be able to out-run these. Converge all the Gryphons you have left on the middle leader (purple).  I won around turn 25 giving me around 1600 gold to start the last scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Battle for Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Asheviere&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 60&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar, as many Grand Knights as you defeated in the last map&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 46&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Defeat Asheviere and, by killing her, reclaim the throne. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One good strategy for this scenario is to set up camp around your fort and let the enemy come to you. You'll want to make sure the units on your front line can survive the beating they receive for one turn, and then you rotate them with freshly healed units. Don't attack the attackers if it means your unit won't have enough hit points to survive the next thrashing. Three or four healers will be needed behind the lines, and keep them fully occupied (remember that healers will heap 8HP to every unit adjacent to them. They're like walking sets of 6 villages). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For front-line units, level one Dwarvish Guardsman are excellent; they'll take a good beating but not lose too many hit points because of their steadfast attribute. Because they don't lose many HP, they'll also heal quickly. Only attack the enemy if no hit points will be lost. Guardsmen can throw a spear at the attacker on every turn if the attacker has no ranged attack. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other units that are good for the front line are any unit with more than 50HP. Elvish Marshals will make your Dwarvish Guardsmen even more awesome. Dwarvish Lords have an incredible 79HP and can dish it out back to the enemy. Unfortunately, after a good thrashing, these units will take a long time to heal back up because of the large number of HP lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any Assassins, rotate them up and down the line poisoning each enemy unit. The enemies have very few villages available to them, so with three Assassins you can poison half the army until the enemies have a bunch of level three units walking around with 1HP each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the enemy has no army left, you can just wander up to Asheviere and discuss her resignation over a cup of hot tea. Asheviere has exactly 48 HP, so three hits of a 16-damage weapon, like the Scepter, or four 12-damage hits, is enough for the kill. Or you could surround her with about 20 Elvish Shamans and get the last little bit of fun juice out of this game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A quick assassination can even be performed by Master Gryphons or even sometimes Gryphon Riders: you can recruit a castle of them on turn 1, send them south, elude enemy forces sent by the general in the futile attempt to catch you, then approach Asheviere for the kill (she will not have many troops at her own protection). Using this strategy, I won on turn 6 (and without losses). Swarming all four enemies with 6 new knights each turn is a very effective distraction strategy. Asheviere may divert about half of her force to destory the gryphons. If this happens, congratulations. This means you've won. You should have still about 20 living Knights, and you should easily break through her lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good bonus from The Test of the Clans should be enough to win this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One extraordinarily hilarious way to win this battle is through mass recruiting of Knights, which is quite possibly the only level Two unit you can ever recruit in the mainline campaigns.  With roughly 1500 Gold from the plains battle, you can recall every single unit of level two or higher before recruiting loads of Knights to massacre the enemy with suicidal attacks.  As long as you keep your heroes alive...  It'll be a very bloody, but short, win.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also == &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30130</id>
		<title>HeirToTheThrone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30130"/>
		<updated>2009-04-11T20:42:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* Home of the North Elves */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a walkthrough of '''Heir to the Throne''', the campaign featuring Konrad. It contains spoilers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suggestions herein are based on the &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Hard&amp;quot; difficulty levels. It should be possible to win the &amp;quot;Easy&amp;quot; difficulty level without trying very hard if you are an accomplished gamer.  If you feel comfortable with turn-based games, especially ones featuring units moving on a hex map, then you can play the Tutorial and then dive right into &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; to get a feel for the elements of the game. After you have played a few scenarios and are ready to restart from the beginning (and yes, it is  very likely you will have to restart the first time you play Wesnoth), try reading [[AdvancedTactics]].  You should also be familiar with the basics in [[WesnothManual]] -- this is a walkthrough, not an exposition of basic game mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each scenario has an individual forum thread where you can provide feedback to the authors.  See also the forum posts [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3601 Suggestions for Heir to the Throne walkthrough] and [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4026 Yet another &amp;quot;Heir to the Throne&amp;quot; walktrough] (sic) for more.  [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=7064 Ye Compleat Walkthrough To &amp;quot;Heir To The Throne&amp;quot;] is a detailed guide, with illustrations, to the first several scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, some [http://www.hermann-uwe.de/blog/my-wesnoth-replays-online replays] were posted by Uwe Hermann.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning spoilers ahead!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elves Besieged ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Both Konrad and Delfador must survive, and Konrad must escape to the signpost in the northwest corner of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a &amp;quot;runner&amp;quot; scenario; on turn one, recruit a castle full of fresh recruits, and then get Konrad and Delfador out of there! Send your recruits north to assist your allies, and get Konrad up to the sign-post in the north-west as quick as you can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrain dictates two routes to the signpost: west to the druid and then north, or north over the bridge and then west. If Konrad goes west, consider sending Delfador north to encourage the northern army to split. Otherwise, Konrad's route might be blocked by enemy units. If you take the northern path, veer west just south of the rough terrain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally accepted that this is not a 'gold-building' scenario but an 'army-building' one.  Thus, do not worry about capturing villages and focus solely on getting your fresh recruits some experience. Experience is gained by fighting; once a level of experience is reached, your units will &amp;quot;level up&amp;quot; and become more powerful units. A killing blow will give your units more experience than just fighting, so let your low-level units get the killing blow on a weakened opponent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two notable level 2 units you'll want are Druids and Captains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shamans level up to Druids. Druids are indispensable; they heal every unit adjacent to them by 8 hit points at the end of every turn. They also have a &amp;quot;slow&amp;quot; attack, which limits the movement of the enemy and halves their attacks. With enough battle experience, Druids become Shydes, which are the flying rescue helicopters of the game! You'll want two Druids in your army for the rest of the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elvish fighters level up to Captains (level 2) and Marshals (level 3). These units increase the attack power of adjacent units of lower levels than themselves, and can do decent damage to the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to use the CTRL-v command to see how far all enemy units will be able to move on their next turn. Click on an unoccupied hex and then move the cursor over an enemy unit to see how far that unit will be able to move. Be careful with your heroes and constantly think of their safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a general note, computer allies are fickle and cannot be depended upon except to get in the way (thus slowing down the enemy) and try to steal your kills. Your allies will attempt to defend a corridor for Konrad to reach the signpost. Let your allies lead the attack and bear the brunt of the enemy blows before you slip in an elf to deliver the killing blow. Earning experience in this scenario, without having your units killed, is quite difficult, because the orcs are very strong and your elvish allies are just as eager to earn experience as you are! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Delfador is already at his maximum level and can do a large amount of damage to the enemy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options on the Preferences dialog that will speed things up: &amp;quot;Skip AI Moves&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Accelerated Speed&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus: 30 gold per turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2881 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Blackwater Port ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns (9 on Hard), or kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening dialog will introduce a new friend, Haldiel. He is a loyal Horseman, and costs zero gold each turn compared to those you recruit, so try to keep him alive.  Loyal is generally accepted as the best trait in the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you recall units, choose those that have enough experience to be worth the 2 to 6 gold difference over fresh recruits, or that have specific traits that you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is your choice whether you treat this scenario as a gold-building or army-building one.  If you wish to treat it as gold-building, recruit or recall some fast units (scouts or horsemen) to take the villages to the south and southwest.  Do not overspend on Horsemen. Acquire at least 4 to 6 elves, including some shamans. (Even if you don't think they are very useful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to treat it as army-building, recall and recruit til you have no gold (often only one castleful if you did not attain gold from the previous scenario) and focus again on maximizing the experience and levels of your troops.  Be very careful with levelled or near-levelled units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An aggressive strategy is to recruit heavily. Move your elves to the woods east of the enemy's castle and hold a defensive position during the night. When day comes, attack every enemy unit in the hills, then continue onto the enemy castle and destroy the leader. You will probably need to start with at least 250 gold for this to work and it is VERY difficult to accomplish on Hard (but you will attain an EXTRA loyal knight, FAR more than any other benefit you could achieve in this level).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fiscally conservative strategy is to form up inside the closer woods out of range of the orcs. At dawn, move the horsemen to lure the orcs into the open ground. Be patient and let the enemy come to you.  Position your horsemen in the grasslands and your elves in the woods to improve your defence. The knights provided by your ally will cover your northern flank. Mix your units in with your allies and try to get the finishing blow after they have weakened enemy units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also send Haldiel west as fast as possible and attempt to take the village due south of the enemy castle.  This will draw the orcs south and make it more likely you will be able to engage them in the woods, where your elves rule.  Be careful to not let Haldiel get pinned down and killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to send units to take the villages close to your ally's castle. After all, Sir Kaylan would only use the gold to recruit troops that would steal your experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2929 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Isle of Alduin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to victory is to control the villages, earning the gold you need to recruit or recall troops.  You have the option to send the majority of your army west or south with village grabbers going the opposite direction.  If you choose to send your army west (recommended) send a scout and an archer south, grabbing alternating villages. Done intelligently they will each grab 1 village per turn until they are near the opponents keep. Be careful of engaging the enemy on the west flank near the hills at night: this is where they shine. Back off to the forests and wait for a more favorable time of day if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following strategy works well if you take care of your unit placement. Protect units you cannot afford to lose from multiple attacks at night or when weakened, particularly new horsemen and magi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First recall or recruit 3 elvish scouts. Send two scouts to the southern villages, and the third to the village to the northwest. Recruit 3 fighters; send one to the south and the other two to the southwest. This works best if one scout is &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot; and the fighter recruited to fill the southeastern hex of your castle is also &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot;. If not you may have to modify this strategy. Send Delfador up to the northwest on the first turn to find the mage and send the mage down to the village next to the castle. Konrad should take two nearby villages in the first two turns, because you have no money left anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the scouts goes as far south as possible, taking villages and distracting the enemy. This scout is usually destroyed by turn 4. That's OK. The other scout in the south usually has to retreat to survive. You try to take all the villages in the south you can and then reinforce the south slowly and move south. Now your main push is in the west because most villages are there and you need an income of over 20 per turn to recall all of your good troops. I usually use the scout I have sent to the northwest village on the island to take all of the far northwest villages. Delfador can destroy an enemy unit each turn, especially saurians, because these pesky units can kill weakened units in the rear. Horsemen take too long to cross the forest south of your castle but are strong on the western plains during daytime. Send newly-recruited horsemen to the west along with magi. A shaman is useful to the south and later one can be sent to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching turn 10-12, you should have assembled two reasonably powerful forces on each side of the lake. The westerly one usually is based on Delfador and horsemen-mage combos with fighters and archers for ZOC purposes, and the eastern force almost entirely of elves. Remember magi work best against trolls and grunts, and horsemen against archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move south in tight groups, trying not to get too aggressive at night with the west group, until they meet at the far southern end of the island, and assault the castle together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a new player, you've probably been focusing on game mechanics and how the units and terrain interact. If so, it's time to give serious thought to leveling up some units by allowing them to strike the killing blow. When Konrad or an elven fighter is at level 2, they get the &amp;quot;leadership&amp;quot; skill. When a shaman levels up, they get the &amp;quot;cure&amp;quot; skill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardly any player notices this, but this scenario offers the opportunity for some extra experience at the expense of very little gold. The early finish bonus is 38, but there are 36 villages on the island, so if you control all villages, you only lose 2 gold per turn (or only 1.6 gold, since only 80% can be retained - should be less than 24, since you hardly ever finish more than 15 turns early). So instead of killing the remaining enemies - especially the enemy leader - you might encircle them and reduce their health to a minimum. If you do not attack them in the subsequent turns, they will neither attack nor move, thus regain 2 HP per turn and will eventually be healthy enough to stand an attack of your weaker units. This is a relatively safe way to milk some extra XPs out of them for your weaker units (preferably magi and shamans). While milking level 1 units may not be very rewarding, milking the level 2 leader might easily give 20 extra XPs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A note about playing with Magi: They are weak units, but become important later in the game. Over the next few levels, you'll want to level at least two Magi to White Magi for later in the game; they have an arcane (or holy) attack which does incredible amounts of damage to the undead. Fire Magi can eventually level up to level 4 Great Magi, which are walking killing machines, and Fire Magi do decent damage to most other units, especially trolls and skeletons. Magi are weak, however, so they need to be guarded by stronger units. Don't let the enemy have more than one attack position on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2959 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bay of Pearls ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill one or both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must fight the sea leader, a sea orc, bats, and nagas with the mermen. It will be nigh impossible for your horsemen and elves to wade to the island to fight the sea leader in time, so try to preserve your mermen for this. Mermen and nagas both have high defense in water, so combat can be a bit slow and frustrating. Concentrate three or four mermen on a single enemy unit at a time, rather than spreading your attacks piecemeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn, have Konrad recruit or recall some units. Which units, and in which order, is your first tactical decision. If you recruit/recall in pairs, with one fast (6 movement points or more) and one slow unit, then one will be able to move onto the island the next turn, while the other is still wading through the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, move Konrad to the cage on the island just to the east. This will free some mermen. (How many depends on whether you are playing on Easy, Medium, or Hard.) One of these can go open the second cage, and so on. There is another cage to the northeast, and one far to the north. Your second tactical decision is which of these two objectives will receive the bulk of your mermen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even further north is the Storm Trident, which can only be picked up by one of your mermen. This ranged attack will be crucial in defeating the sea leader. If you win the sea battle, you can use the mermen in one of two ways. You can harass or even assassinate the land orc leader, although you should expect heavy losses; Or, you can attempt to lure the land orcs into the water, where they will be easy prey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On land, you have to fight off a wave of orcs and trolls heading south and then west. Your third tactical decision is how far west to engage the enemy. Consider carefully the time of day! You are hindered by the limited recruitment you can do each turn, and how long it takes your elves and horsemen to trickle across the river.  You will probably need to advance and retreat your units several times, depending on time of day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Careful management of your killing blows should allow several units to get to Level 2. A charging horseman does so much damage it will be easy for the horsemen to get all the kills, but try to get at least Konrad, a shaman, the merman with the trident, and an elven fighter leveled up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outcome of this battle affects the next scenario you play. If you kill the sea leader you wind up on Isle of the Damned. If you kill the land leader you wind up on Muff Malal's Peninsula. If you kill both, you can choose. You fight undead either way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New players should take the land route to Muff Malal's Peninsula, where you can easily level up your existing units or collect an early finish bonus. Experienced players or those who are looking for an interesting tactical exercise may wish to consider the sea route to the Isle of the Damned: you can't recall any of your previous units (except mermen), but you can recruit outlaw-type humans and perhaps recruit a loyal White Mage for future scenarios. Note that this is the only opportunity to do so in the entire campaign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Overall, I got more mileage from elves compared to the outlaws you can recruit in the brief window of opportunity provided by the Isle of the Damned scenario. However, the White Mage you can pick up there is a godsend, plus you can give your mermen some much-needed experience by harassing the undead through hit-and-run attacks from all around the island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders, and the ability to choose the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3022 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Muff Malal's Peninsula ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an easy scenario, and your aim here should be to build up your gold by controlling most villages, while earning experience against enemy forces. The enemy recruits bats to capture villages, and hordes of Walking Corpses to keep you busy.  The occasional Dark Adept can be dangerous on Hard difficulty, but is vulnerable to melee attack, especially from knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One approach is to recall a few level 2 units supported by a mage. These units build a defensive position in the central part of the map, using hills and forest for cover, and hold off the first wave of Walking Corpses. Mounted troops capture villages in the north and west, and can charge down the flanks at daytime. A merman or two distract enemy bats and capture sea villages. If you can recall the merman that picked up the trident in Bay of Pearls, it will be able to dispatch bats easily on its own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During daytime, your main force advances to one of the villages in the south-east, where you wait for more Walking Corpses to attack. A level 2 melee unit (eg. Elvish Captain) can use the village defense bonus to survive attacks, and heal between turns. By the time it is low on hit points, it should be advancing to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should now control most villages and have some gold, so recruit or recall additional troops. Launch an offensive with your central force, supported by your horsemen advancing at the sides.  Don't forget to use Konrad in the attack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try to attack with human units only at day, when the undead are at their weakest, and hold the lines with your elves at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3178 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Isle of the Damned ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leaders, or survive for 27 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad is washed overboard during a storm, but is rescued by two mermen. You start out with 100 gold and cannot recall any units. You are joined by Urlaf, a level 2 Outlaw.  In addition to Mermen, you can recruit his friends: Thugs, Poachers and Footpads. This is the only time in the campaign that these units can be recruited, but any outlaw units surviving this scenario can be recalled later. Your gold from Bay of Pearls (minus the usual 20% discount) is saved for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is a White Mage with a holy sword which is very effective against undead. He is hiding in one of the three temples, and will join your cause if you find him. Beware: Xakae, a Revenant with a retinue of Walking Corpses, is waiting to ambush you in another temple. Moremirmu and Xakae are randomly placed; the third temple is always empty. Xakae and the Corpses can be a useful source of experience if you have the troops to deal with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mermen can be used succesfully to harrass the undead in their rear. Typically the undead responds by withdrawing forces to deal with your mermen. Occasionally this tactic can be used to isolate and trap an undead leader while their forces are busy with your land troops. Don't expect the mermen to survive, though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is critical to winning but also quite fragile. He will die quickly if he is attacked by multiple undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders. Moremirmu (and his holy sword) will join you in future scenarios only if both are defeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3179 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Siege of Elensefar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad arrives at the southern end of a large map. The island city of Elensefar dominates the center, and the cave of the necromancer Muff Jaanal is far to the north. The orcish warlord Agadla has taken the city. You know what to do!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to retake the city. You could choose to charge across the bridges and fight your way onto the island, taking heavy casualties from the level 2 orcish warriors along the way. Or, you can lure the orcs into the water where they are easy to hit. Remember that mermen, especially the one with the Storm Trident, move quickly and defend quite well in water or on the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will recieve some help from the Thieves Guild. Apparently, an orcish occupation is bad for business. They will either show you a hidden ford onto the island, or attack the north gate after you take one of the island villages. Whether you choose to storm the city, and which aid to accept, depends in large part on how much of a hurry you are in.  Every turn, the undead march southward, and you'll have quite a fight on your hands after they reinforce the orcs in the city proper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you defeat the orcs, you must fight your way north.  Fighting against the undead requires a different mix of units than fighting the orcs. Your mermen are too slow on land.  Horsemen and elvish units do reduced damage to skeletons.  Here, you need... mages.  Lots and lots of mages. And a paladin, if you've leveled a unit that high enough. Expect to spend many turns fighting through the northernmost six hexes. You are fighting in a cave, which slows your units down. Being underground, it is also treated as night for the time of day penalties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you should have either Konrad or a level 2 elven fighter with the Leadership ability. A unit adjacent to a leader receives a +25% bonus to damage. Likewise, carefully position shamen or white mages in your lines so they can heal wounded units.  Two adjacent healers will heal each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3224 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Crossroads ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the north-eastern enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two strategies: either to &amp;quot;run for it&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;kill them all&amp;quot;.  Which you choose will probably depend on whether you want to earn lots of gold, or level up lots of units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to run,  recall two turn's worth of troops.  Most should be level 2, but you should recruit one or two units as sacrifical lambs. Having two healers (who will stay adjacent to each other for mutual healing) is almost a necessity. Move the units in formation (probably in two packs) along the road. Do not be tempted to move units into the mountains.  The increased defence is not worth the risk of triggering ambushes. Drive your way to the leader in the northwest, kill them, and reap the early finish bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second strategy is to methodically destroy all enemy units on the map. Recruit two turns worth of units, and then drive south.  Overcome the southern leader, and recruit more troops in his castle.  Move back north, moving into every town and through the mountains, in order to trigger ambushes. This strategy is trickier to pull off, but careful management of your kills should allow you to level multiple units. (Just be careful not to run out of turns...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  The first two villages that on the screen that you will likely attempt to grab trigger an Elvish Fighter and Elvish Archer to join your party and warn you about the hills.  Keep in mind that they, too, are Loyal troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3281 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Princess of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Subdue Li'sar to win&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad's life now takes an interesting turn, as he meets the Princess of Wesnoth, Li'sar.  Instead of dying when you &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; her, she surrenders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is supported by troops from the Loyalist faction. Even your tough level 2 units make tempting targets for her lawful horsemen; they will charge and probably kill them.  Use terrain and position sacrificial level 1 screening units while the sun is high. Likewise, you can try for a quick kill by charging Li'sar with your own horsemen or knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This otherwise straightforward battle is enlivened by reinforcements that Li'sar summons on turns 5 and 10.  Also, a level 2 Duelist will defend the Princess' honor when you approach her, appearing from the south of your position.  You can trigger his arrival by exploring the mountain with an entrance. Capture the villages on the eastern side as you cross the river, and position units to cover the north-eastern plain to prevent Li'sar's mounted units from capturing these villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this scenario, you should have learned a painful lesson in how the computer player targets its attacks...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3401 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Valley of Death ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two holy water bottles on the map. The unit which picks them up will have their melee attacks be holy for the duration of this scenario. These are especially useful for powerful melee units like Elvish Heroes or Champions which otherwise do little damage to the undead. Or, you could recruit Horsemen and have them grab the holy water.  They should easily level to level 2 Lancers or Knights, and maybe even to a Level 3 Paladin by the end of the scenario. As in previous scenarios, mages will be effective against most of the undead enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One strategy is recruit a large army, defeat one of the enemies, and hole up in that enemy's castle. The southern enemy is popular for this strategy. It apparently also works to pack the lake around the starting castle with mermen, and hole up there. Don't underestimate the power of the Walking Corpses (WCs) recruited by the eastern necromancer.  They are slow but there are so many that they can overwhelm and kill even your most powerful units if given the chance. On the other hand, do not underestimate the crowd-clearing ability of a Paladin or blessed Champion!  A WC will lurch next to your unit. It will attack.  It will die, leaving room for another WC to lurch forward. &lt;br /&gt;
(Windscion: Unfortunately, this is also a good way to get a high level unit killed: 10 WCs in one turn can be deadly. I prefer a line of archers backed by healers.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't have the money to recruit a large or powerful army, recruit a few Elvish Fighters and send them to the forest north of your castle. Their job is to slow the Revenant for several turns and then die gloriously. Flee with Konrad and the rest of your army to the south-east corner. If you're lucky, the WC horde will be too slow to reach you before the scenario ends. A cowardly tactic, yes -- but you'll survive...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you played Isle of The Damned without killing both Liches, and Moremirmu survived, then he will reinforce you with three White Mage buddies between turns 7-10. You can't recall them after this scenario, so they are expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy, which requires to have Moremirmu to help you and allows you to kill the three Liches, is to recruit 2 horsemen(or recall their leveled up units) and as many thieves as you can, send each horsemen to gather the bottles of holy water, and kill with them the northern and eastern Liches; don't send them the horseman to the northern Lich too quick, because if you do his army will focus on it, and it won't reach the Lich. Move Konrad, Delfador, the elf from the high elven council, and your thieves towards the southeast corner. The thieves be used as a barrier to protect your more important units; place them in woods, mountains or villages(never in plains) as soon as they can, so that the northern and eastern Liches concentrate on them and leave Konrad and his group alone. With some luck you'll kill the northern and eastern Liches around the same turn that Moremirmu appears, and Konrad and his group will survive enough time to have one of Moremirmu's white mages kill the Southern Lich during day time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus if you somehow manage to defeat all enemy leaders. If you do, feel free to boast about your accomplishment at the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3402 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gryphon Mountain ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad starts in the lower left corner of the map.  General Robert, commanding Loyalist troops, is in the upper right.  In the middle of the map, surrounded by mountains, is the Mother Gryphon and three sleeping Gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you kill the Mother Gryphon before the Loyalists do, you will have access to gryphon eggs, allowing you to to recruit Gryphon Riders in future scenarios.  Opinions differ as to whether their ability to capture far-flung villages, safely lure enemy troops, and ability to pierce the map shroud are worth their high cost.  Even if you decide not to attack the Gryphons, the enemy will -- and then the wild beasts of the air might decide to attack you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick victory to earn the early finish bonus, head up the right side of the mountains.  To earn experience, head towards the Mother Gryphon, and the enemy will come to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both the mother gryphon as well as the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ford of Abez ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Move Konrad to the north side of the river&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide Abez river cuts across the middle of the map from left to right, with Konrad starting on the lower right side.  Princess Li'sar starts on the lower left, and an orc band is on the north side of the river.  If you have lots of gold, if you have a plethora of well-seasoned fighting troops, and you think you're ready for a challenge, you could try and attack the Princess.  But do a save first; you'll need it after you are wiped out by her Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your major decision (after you learn that the Princess's escort is just too tough) is whether to have Konrad recruit for one turn or two.  Do not recruit land troops with less than five movement points, as they will have trouble wading across the ford. You're under immense time pressure.  The chaotic orcs will attack from the north, the Princess's lawful Loyalists will attack from the south, and... a new enemy (alignment: hungry) will be attacking from downstream.  Except for the hungry ones--who will be focused on killing anything in their path--all the enemies will be focused on killing Konrad. The hungry enemies might assist you somewhat as they will probably hit the orcs and humans before trying to snack on your forces.  Also, the orcs and humans will fight if they happen to cross paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember those loyal mermen from in the Bay of Pearls?  They should comprise your principal fighting force.  Be sure to send one downstream to acquire the Storm Trident there.  Lure the orcs into the water, where your mermen have excellent defence and the orcs are highly vulnerable.  If you captured the eggs last scenario, consider using a gryphon to distract the enemy.(Note in the latest version Gryphons are not available until a later scenario)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for getting Konrad onto dry land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=8716 forum discussion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Winter ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders (2 of them)&lt;br /&gt;
*Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
*Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
*Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, a random soldier&lt;br /&gt;
*Early finish bonus: ?? &amp;lt;!-- Uh, could someone fill this in? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Other:&lt;br /&gt;
**Snow falls on turns 6 and 10, making the tundra patches larger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively simple scenario. The quickest strategy is to recall a few Knights, Lancers, Paladins, and/or Grand Knights along with fresh Horsemen, kill the northwestern leader, then head east. The eastern leader's wolf riders will attempt to attack you through the center of the map, so be sure to place a few horsemen there. It's a good idea for Kalenz and Delfador to defend the southern mountains, as a few riders may come there as well. This is a good level for getting a large amount of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Dwarven Doors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Konrad to entrance of the Dwarfen Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 26&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Blidd, Kalenz, level 1 thug&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Find the correct entrance (the eastern one -- or the main one in version 1.3.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario offers the usual strategic choice -- run for the exit and an early finish bonus, or slowly and carefully exterminate the enemy forces.  If you choose to follow Delfador's advice and flee in terror, recruit one turn's worth of elven riders or gryphons to sacrifice as screening units.  If you choose to attack, you'll be in for a struggle.  For a real challenge, move to the middle of the map and get attacked from all sides... If you want to kill all three leaders, taking out the south eastern one with your full force and then splitting to take on both the others. Move Konrad near the exit (the eastern one!) so you can abort at any time. -- [v.1.3.4: moving directly to the eastern entrance does not work; it is blocked]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main door by the lake is barred from the inside.  Further, there is the usual tentacular horror hiding in the lake near the ancient subterranean Dwarven Kingdom. This means you will have to go into the entrance on the east.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you fought on the Isle of the Damned, one of your outlaws will tell you about a Bandit who will be willing to ally with you. The initial outlaw is expendable, the other one is loyal, though (no upkeep cost!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;coward&amp;quot; strategy for version 1.3.4 :&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, you get a elvish scout, who says he'll check the entrance to see if it is opened. Send him there, passing on the right of the mountains that are along the &amp;quot;path&amp;quot; to the entrance. This will stop the north western orcs from killing him too soon. Once that is done, move the scout to the north western mountains, to lure the ennemies there.&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit one turn worth of elvish scouts as sacrificial units. They'll lure the ennemies away from Konrad. For a higher chance of success, leave Delfador and Kalenz near your keep, in the south. Since Kalenz is weak, he can easily be killed before Konrad makes it to the cave entrance. Once Konrad is near the center of the map (and overwhelmed by orcs), move them North a bit, to attract ennemies to them. All you need to do now is move Konrad to the entrance as fast as possible. The cuttlefish should appear in the lake as you pass by it, which will delay the orcs some more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do It Quickly:&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn recruit some units you may want to give experience to (and you're not afraid of losing them too), but choose only those having movement range 6 or greater. Then capture two nearest villages with Konrad and Delfador. Run straight north. The elf scout should be the leader to the doors and the only step off the straight path is to capture the village NE of the lake. This should unleash the octopus which will attract NW troops (not sure, tried only once)&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern and western opponents are lazy and more attracted to the villages income than to fight. So they will first go south to capture villages near your keep. Before they do, you'll be at the middle of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
If you recruited units with movement 6 and headed N without any stop, you're likely to be engaged at the pillars by some units from NW. Delfador and other leaders should have no problem dealing with them. Next attack may happen at the doors, one turn before Konrad reaches the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
I managed to do it, losing only one 1st level mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
I played on medium and found that I had only 20 turns. Killing all the orc leaders didn't end the game. You will still need to reach the door with Konrad. After reloading, I killed all the orc leaders AND managed to get Konrad to the door within 20 turns (20 exactly) but there was no bonus and I ended up with -ve gold because I had to recall all my veterans to kill the leaders. Finally, I adopted the coward's strategy. Created 5 Elvish scouts and 10 thieves and used them as canon fodder for the orcs. There were too many orcs and only 2 of the scouts survived but I ended up with 11 rounds of bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plunging into the Darkness ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the dwarves&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Secret pasage in southeastern part of the tunnel&lt;br /&gt;
** A very short and straightforward map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you're reading this walkthrough, you'll also be interested in locating the secret passage leading to a chest of 200 gold pieces in the southwest. However, said chest is guarded by a rather nasty poison-biting, slow-web-throwing level 3 spider. Beware the blood bats, seek out a niche in the wall, and be wary exploring the secret passage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: After this map, gryphon riders will finally be available for recruiting - provided you killed the Mother Gryphon during the Gryphon Mountain scenario previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: For the next three stages you don't have to use too many dwarven companions. All I needed was 2 fighters, 2 riders, 2 guardmen,and 2 thunderers. These fighters I use over and over leading them to all level up to level 3 and having lots of gold by the time I finish the cave levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lost General ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill all enemy leaders (there are two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 64(!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing both enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving underground is slow, especially for elves.  Their fighters and archers are also ineffective against undead.  Outriders and slyphs might be worth recruiting, if you can afford them.  Likewise, gryphons and horsemen are bogged down.  Recruit dwarves for speed, and mages to back them up. (However, a griffon can pass the small pond quickly, and there are four towns on the other side.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are fighting Lionel, a former general turned Death Knight, who starts trapped in the south.  To the west is the usual orc/troll force.  In the north is a dwarven ally, although if you are too slow they will be overwhelmed by the orcs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dwarven fighters do well against the undead, while the Thunderers do best against the orcs and trolls.    If you choose to go for money, rush troops both south and north, reinforcing the native dwarves and triggering the appearance of the undead.  If you choose to go for experience, ignore the undead until you have killed the orcs, then return en masse to destroy the undead.  Don't take too long, as Lionel will break forth on turn 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to get to Lionel: an entrance opens in the pond on turn 19/20; and walls collapse when units move into tiles just south of the sign that says &amp;quot;Guest Quarters&amp;quot;, regardless of when this happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hasty Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing enemy leader + 200 Gold from Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is about to attack, when you are surrounded by orcs and trolls.  She joins forces with you to defeat the troll leader, bringing her Royal Guards and 500 gold worth of allied troops to the struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your greatest challenge will be to survive the first few turns, as the death of any of Konrad's companions will end the scenario.  &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defeated the first wave, it is relatively easy to finish off any remaining trolls and move north to the troll leader.  Try and encourage your allies to go first and take the hefty damage from the Level 2 and Level 3 trolls, while your mages and dwarves get the experience for killing blows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Sceptre of Fire ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Capture the Scepter of Fire with Konrad or Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Gold gift from Li'sar: 300 on easy, 200 on medium, 100 on hard&lt;br /&gt;
** Milk this level for experience as there is no early finish bonus&lt;br /&gt;
** Randomly generated map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The map changes each time, so if you're save-scumming, be sure to checkpoint right after the scenario starts, and replay once you know where the scepter is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give Li'sar the sceptre as it gives her a ranged attack. In a later scenario another artifact (melee weapon) will be available, although it may be given to any unit. Since it replaces the unit's melee attack, it may be better to give that to Konrad since his melee attack is not as powerful as Li'sar's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No early finish bonus, so if you have the gold, this is a good place to level up. If you do, poise the character who is going to pick up the Sceptre right next to it, then send everybody else up to attack. Since there is a large time limit, milk every unit you can for maximum experience. And remember, Dwarvish Lords came in very handy later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: in version 1.2.4 there is an early finish bonus.(for easy mode at least) It is still a good place (and idea) to level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: There is an early finish bonus for I had beat this stage within thirty turns and that had gave me a bonus of 37 gold per turn which multiplied to 185.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Choice Must Be Made ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either of the leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill either leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Next level depends on killed leader&lt;br /&gt;
*** Northern orcish leader will get you to the ''Snow Plains'' and the Flaming Sword&lt;br /&gt;
*** Southern undead leader will get you to the ''Swamp Of Dread'' and give you the chance to get lotsa gold&lt;br /&gt;
** Simply decide for one direction and block the bridge in the other direction unless you want to fight on two large fronts&lt;br /&gt;
** First real chance to level gryphons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill either leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose whether to go north or south. A Death Knight and the undead lie to the south, guarding the way to the Swamp of Dread. This path is easier, as the undead are hampered by the swampy terrain even more than you. To the north are the usual orc horde, fighting in the hills, a tougher battle. Your choice will affect which magic artifact you can get in the next level. Northwards are the Snow Plains, where a magic weapon awaits; south is the Undead Swamp, where one of your units can obtain better armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you go north or south, recruit a few level 1 units as sacrifices, or use fast-moving gryphons to delay the other force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: If you plan to head south against the undead leader, you can use your mermen - there are large tracts of swampy terrain for them to travel around in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Gryphon riders make excellent diversions if you need to draw the enemy's attention away, especially if you are headed north and need something to slow down the undead chasing you from the south. Fly a gryphon rider or two southwest and make village-stealing forays east towards the undead castle. A couple of faster undead (e.g. chocobones) will usually move far away enough to catch up to your main army, but the remaining units should be temporarily distracted by the gryphons and waste a few turns turning back to go after them. This should free the bulk of your forces to deal with the orcs in the hills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Snow Plains ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 43&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill the leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Li'sar will tell you she does not like her mother&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will find the Flaming Sword (15-4 melee, fire, magical) hidden under the great tree in the northeast near the enemy keep.  It will take Konrad a while to slog through the snow, forest, and hills, so you'll have to think about how many turns he will recall units.  Dwarves will do well in the mountains, as will the flying gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Swamp Of Dread ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of undead, but also many villages. You can earn lots of gold if you can capture and hold villages. It may be useful recruiting cheap units to defend villages against bats. One of the Death Knights drops the Void Armor when killed. The unit that picks it up will gain high resistance to physical damage (blade, impact and pierce). Since Li'sar is vulnerable to precisely those types of damage, you should probably give her the armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all 5 enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip:This is another stage where you can use mermans specifically your strongest merman, merman priestess and ones with the tridents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home of the North Elves ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Reach the forest kingdom of Emetria&lt;br /&gt;
** Survive until turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 21&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 47 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Your base will be dismantled after the first turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very large map with some interesting challenges.  First, Konrad needs to move all the way across to the right side, and if you're playing on Medium or Hard, you don't have many turns to waste.  Second, Fog of War is turned on, so you won't know where the enemy is until you blunder into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, while both the orc and human sides will attack you, you can lure them into attacking each other.  The orcs start in the north central part of the map, while the humans begin in the southeast.  You must decide whether Konrad will try to sneak along the northern map edge, or try to thread between the two opponents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to win, Konrad must be in the Elvish castle by the end of the last turn.  The early finish bonus is rather substantial: 44 gp per turn. However, you only get it if you kill both enemy leaders. Also, if both leaders are dead, it no longer matters whether your hero has reached the elven castle. Therefore, if one's dead already, killing the other makes for a workable 'plan b' if you realise you're 4 turns away from the castle, but only 2 away from the timer running out. (In 1.1, the enemy camps have been reinforced, and it is no longer practical to kill the leaders.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, the fastest and best way for me was to just make Konrad run alone. Don't recall any units as the elvish riders that appear can be cannon fodder if necessary. Start by moving near the river side until you see orcs in the distance. Proceed slowly and wait for them to engage the humans. Then a group of elves will rush in to fight both orcs and humans. Time your run carefully between the elven forces in a NE direction and you can avoid meeting any humans or orcs. I think I finished in 13 or 14 turns without a single shot being fired (or flaming sword being slashed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternate Strategy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't feel too confident, you can always try the most cowardly route of all, by going through the plains to the South, where you can eventually jump the river to safety. However, if you go through by this route, you will have to get close to &amp;quot;glancing blow&amp;quot; distance of the Humans- and their literal army of roughly 20 Swordsmen, guarding the west side of their encampment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elven Council ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a cut-scene furthering the storyline.  No combat takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Return to Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all three enemy leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three Halbardiers appear as enemy reinforcements in the lower southeastern corner of the map when you slay the nearest general, Josephus. The bridge across the river is a good place to establish a defensive position, since attackers have to use the beach and water hexes to attack. Use the forests to your advantage: elven troops are best in forest, while the loyalists and orcs are seriously slowed by the trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all enemy leaders: 27 Gold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test of the Clans ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either all four leaders or 25 units in total&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 53&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 55 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large map against mostly Knights, Horsemen and Bowmen. The map is mostly open plains which is ideal for horse-bound units. The easiest way to win the scenario is to keep all your units in one group and take them en mass to the enemy. Fast and powerful units like Grand Knights, Lancers or Paladins are important. Units with pierce attacks (Archers, Shydes, Knights) will do good damage to Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expect heavy losses from the charge attacks, but don't fret because this is the second-to-last scenario. You'll want to finish this scenario quickly to get a nice bonus for the next level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When any of the enemy leaders is killed, it is replaced with one or two knights (two or three in Hard). Reportedly, one way to win is to gang up on Bayar with fast units while attacking the south-eastern leader with the rest of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have a long field battle, you can put groups of dwarves or elves in the hills. The enemy will tend to attack the hills, thus giving you some advantage. Hills also make a good safe haven for healing your mounted units. Try to kill the south-eastern leader early so you don't have to divert so many of your resources to the south flank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to kill all the clan leaders before killing 25 units (which finishes the scenario), recruit a castle of healers, then recruit a good force of Gryphon Riders. Grab as many villages as is safe, and then position your Gryphons on the deep water in the lake. The next castleful of recruits is your main army and two more Gryphon rides. March this south, take out the south-east leader and then send the two Gryphons to the group in the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the majority of the northwest leader's troops move away from him, assassinate him with your Gryphons.  He should die in 1-2 rounds of attacks assuming you don't lose too many of your troops.  In the south-east, recruit a couple of castles worth of Gryphon Riders and send them west to take on the Southwest (black) leader, all the while keeping your main force just out of range of attackers if at all possible.  As your Gryphons cross the river on the offensive, the AI usually moves troops back in to defend with. You should be able to out-run these. Converge all the Gryphons you have left on the middle leader (purple).  I won around turn 25 giving me around 1600 gold to start the last scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Battle for Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Asheviere&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 60&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar, as many Grand Knights as you defeated in the last map&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 46&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Defeat Asheviere and, by killing her, reclaim the throne. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One good strategy for this scenario is to set up camp around your fort and let the enemy come to you. You'll want to make sure the units on your front line can survive the beating they receive for one turn, and then you rotate them with freshly healed units. Don't attack the attackers if it means your unit won't have enough hit points to survive the next thrashing. Three or four healers will be needed behind the lines, and keep them fully occupied (remember that healers will heap 8HP to every unit adjacent to them. They're like walking sets of 6 villages). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For front-line units, level one Dwarvish Guardsman are excellent; they'll take a good beating but not lose too many hit points because of their steadfast attribute. Because they don't lose many HP, they'll also heal quickly. Only attack the enemy if no hit points will be lost. Guardsmen can throw a spear at the attacker on every turn if the attacker has no ranged attack. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other units that are good for the front line are any unit with more than 50HP. Elvish Marshals will make your Dwarvish Guardsmen even more awesome. Dwarvish Lords have an incredible 79HP and can dish it out back to the enemy. Unfortunately, after a good thrashing, these units will take a long time to heal back up because of the large number of HP lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any Assassins, rotate them up and down the line poisoning each enemy unit. The enemies have very few villages available to them, so with three Assassins you can poison half the army until the enemies have a bunch of level three units walking around with 1HP each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the enemy has no army left, you can just wander up to Asheviere and discuss her resignation over a cup of hot tea. Asheviere has exactly 48 HP, so three hits of a 16-damage weapon, like the Scepter, or four 12-damage hits, is enough for the kill. Or you could surround her with about 20 Elvish Shamans and get the last little bit of fun juice out of this game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A quick assassination can even be performed by Master Gryphons or even sometimes Gryphon Riders: you can recruit a castle of them on turn 1, send them south, elude enemy forces sent by the general in the futile attempt to catch you, then approach Asheviere for the kill (she will not have many troops at her own protection). Using this strategy, I won on turn 6 (and without losses). Swarming all four enemies with 6 new knights each turn is a very effective distraction strategy. Asheviere may divert about half of her force to destory the gryphons. If this happens, congratulations. This means you've won. You should have still about 20 living Knights, and you should easily break through her lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good bonus from The Test of the Clans should be enough to win this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also == &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30129</id>
		<title>HeirToTheThrone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=HeirToTheThrone&amp;diff=30129"/>
		<updated>2009-04-11T20:31:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Darkaros: /* Crossroads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a walkthrough of '''Heir to the Throne''', the campaign featuring Konrad. It contains spoilers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The suggestions herein are based on the &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Hard&amp;quot; difficulty levels. It should be possible to win the &amp;quot;Easy&amp;quot; difficulty level without trying very hard if you are an accomplished gamer.  If you feel comfortable with turn-based games, especially ones featuring units moving on a hex map, then you can play the Tutorial and then dive right into &amp;quot;Medium&amp;quot; to get a feel for the elements of the game. After you have played a few scenarios and are ready to restart from the beginning (and yes, it is  very likely you will have to restart the first time you play Wesnoth), try reading [[AdvancedTactics]].  You should also be familiar with the basics in [[WesnothManual]] -- this is a walkthrough, not an exposition of basic game mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each scenario has an individual forum thread where you can provide feedback to the authors.  See also the forum posts [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3601 Suggestions for Heir to the Throne walkthrough] and [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4026 Yet another &amp;quot;Heir to the Throne&amp;quot; walktrough] (sic) for more.  [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=7064 Ye Compleat Walkthrough To &amp;quot;Heir To The Throne&amp;quot;] is a detailed guide, with illustrations, to the first several scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, some [http://www.hermann-uwe.de/blog/my-wesnoth-replays-online replays] were posted by Uwe Hermann.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning spoilers ahead!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elves Besieged ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Both Konrad and Delfador must survive, and Konrad must escape to the signpost in the northwest corner of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a &amp;quot;runner&amp;quot; scenario; on turn one, recruit a castle full of fresh recruits, and then get Konrad and Delfador out of there! Send your recruits north to assist your allies, and get Konrad up to the sign-post in the north-west as quick as you can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrain dictates two routes to the signpost: west to the druid and then north, or north over the bridge and then west. If Konrad goes west, consider sending Delfador north to encourage the northern army to split. Otherwise, Konrad's route might be blocked by enemy units. If you take the northern path, veer west just south of the rough terrain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally accepted that this is not a 'gold-building' scenario but an 'army-building' one.  Thus, do not worry about capturing villages and focus solely on getting your fresh recruits some experience. Experience is gained by fighting; once a level of experience is reached, your units will &amp;quot;level up&amp;quot; and become more powerful units. A killing blow will give your units more experience than just fighting, so let your low-level units get the killing blow on a weakened opponent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two notable level 2 units you'll want are Druids and Captains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shamans level up to Druids. Druids are indispensable; they heal every unit adjacent to them by 8 hit points at the end of every turn. They also have a &amp;quot;slow&amp;quot; attack, which limits the movement of the enemy and halves their attacks. With enough battle experience, Druids become Shydes, which are the flying rescue helicopters of the game! You'll want two Druids in your army for the rest of the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elvish fighters level up to Captains (level 2) and Marshals (level 3). These units increase the attack power of adjacent units of lower levels than themselves, and can do decent damage to the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to use the CTRL-v command to see how far all enemy units will be able to move on their next turn. Click on an unoccupied hex and then move the cursor over an enemy unit to see how far that unit will be able to move. Be careful with your heroes and constantly think of their safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a general note, computer allies are fickle and cannot be depended upon except to get in the way (thus slowing down the enemy) and try to steal your kills. Your allies will attempt to defend a corridor for Konrad to reach the signpost. Let your allies lead the attack and bear the brunt of the enemy blows before you slip in an elf to deliver the killing blow. Earning experience in this scenario, without having your units killed, is quite difficult, because the orcs are very strong and your elvish allies are just as eager to earn experience as you are! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Delfador is already at his maximum level and can do a large amount of damage to the enemy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options on the Preferences dialog that will speed things up: &amp;quot;Skip AI Moves&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Accelerated Speed&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus: 30 gold per turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2881 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Blackwater Port ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns (9 on Hard), or kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening dialog will introduce a new friend, Haldiel. He is a loyal Horseman, and costs zero gold each turn compared to those you recruit, so try to keep him alive.  Loyal is generally accepted as the best trait in the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you recall units, choose those that have enough experience to be worth the 2 to 6 gold difference over fresh recruits, or that have specific traits that you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is your choice whether you treat this scenario as a gold-building or army-building one.  If you wish to treat it as gold-building, recruit or recall some fast units (scouts or horsemen) to take the villages to the south and southwest.  Do not overspend on Horsemen. Acquire at least 4 to 6 elves, including some shamans. (Even if you don't think they are very useful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to treat it as army-building, recall and recruit til you have no gold (often only one castleful if you did not attain gold from the previous scenario) and focus again on maximizing the experience and levels of your troops.  Be very careful with levelled or near-levelled units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An aggressive strategy is to recruit heavily. Move your elves to the woods east of the enemy's castle and hold a defensive position during the night. When day comes, attack every enemy unit in the hills, then continue onto the enemy castle and destroy the leader. You will probably need to start with at least 250 gold for this to work and it is VERY difficult to accomplish on Hard (but you will attain an EXTRA loyal knight, FAR more than any other benefit you could achieve in this level).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fiscally conservative strategy is to form up inside the closer woods out of range of the orcs. At dawn, move the horsemen to lure the orcs into the open ground. Be patient and let the enemy come to you.  Position your horsemen in the grasslands and your elves in the woods to improve your defence. The knights provided by your ally will cover your northern flank. Mix your units in with your allies and try to get the finishing blow after they have weakened enemy units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also send Haldiel west as fast as possible and attempt to take the village due south of the enemy castle.  This will draw the orcs south and make it more likely you will be able to engage them in the woods, where your elves rule.  Be careful to not let Haldiel get pinned down and killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to send units to take the villages close to your ally's castle. After all, Sir Kaylan would only use the gold to recruit troops that would steal your experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2929 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Isle of Alduin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to victory is to control the villages, earning the gold you need to recruit or recall troops.  You have the option to send the majority of your army west or south with village grabbers going the opposite direction.  If you choose to send your army west (recommended) send a scout and an archer south, grabbing alternating villages. Done intelligently they will each grab 1 village per turn until they are near the opponents keep. Be careful of engaging the enemy on the west flank near the hills at night: this is where they shine. Back off to the forests and wait for a more favorable time of day if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following strategy works well if you take care of your unit placement. Protect units you cannot afford to lose from multiple attacks at night or when weakened, particularly new horsemen and magi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First recall or recruit 3 elvish scouts. Send two scouts to the southern villages, and the third to the village to the northwest. Recruit 3 fighters; send one to the south and the other two to the southwest. This works best if one scout is &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot; and the fighter recruited to fill the southeastern hex of your castle is also &amp;quot;quick&amp;quot;. If not you may have to modify this strategy. Send Delfador up to the northwest on the first turn to find the mage and send the mage down to the village next to the castle. Konrad should take two nearby villages in the first two turns, because you have no money left anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the scouts goes as far south as possible, taking villages and distracting the enemy. This scout is usually destroyed by turn 4. That's OK. The other scout in the south usually has to retreat to survive. You try to take all the villages in the south you can and then reinforce the south slowly and move south. Now your main push is in the west because most villages are there and you need an income of over 20 per turn to recall all of your good troops. I usually use the scout I have sent to the northwest village on the island to take all of the far northwest villages. Delfador can destroy an enemy unit each turn, especially saurians, because these pesky units can kill weakened units in the rear. Horsemen take too long to cross the forest south of your castle but are strong on the western plains during daytime. Send newly-recruited horsemen to the west along with magi. A shaman is useful to the south and later one can be sent to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching turn 10-12, you should have assembled two reasonably powerful forces on each side of the lake. The westerly one usually is based on Delfador and horsemen-mage combos with fighters and archers for ZOC purposes, and the eastern force almost entirely of elves. Remember magi work best against trolls and grunts, and horsemen against archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move south in tight groups, trying not to get too aggressive at night with the west group, until they meet at the far southern end of the island, and assault the castle together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a new player, you've probably been focusing on game mechanics and how the units and terrain interact. If so, it's time to give serious thought to leveling up some units by allowing them to strike the killing blow. When Konrad or an elven fighter is at level 2, they get the &amp;quot;leadership&amp;quot; skill. When a shaman levels up, they get the &amp;quot;cure&amp;quot; skill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardly any player notices this, but this scenario offers the opportunity for some extra experience at the expense of very little gold. The early finish bonus is 38, but there are 36 villages on the island, so if you control all villages, you only lose 2 gold per turn (or only 1.6 gold, since only 80% can be retained - should be less than 24, since you hardly ever finish more than 15 turns early). So instead of killing the remaining enemies - especially the enemy leader - you might encircle them and reduce their health to a minimum. If you do not attack them in the subsequent turns, they will neither attack nor move, thus regain 2 HP per turn and will eventually be healthy enough to stand an attack of your weaker units. This is a relatively safe way to milk some extra XPs out of them for your weaker units (preferably magi and shamans). While milking level 1 units may not be very rewarding, milking the level 2 leader might easily give 20 extra XPs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A note about playing with Magi: They are weak units, but become important later in the game. Over the next few levels, you'll want to level at least two Magi to White Magi for later in the game; they have an arcane (or holy) attack which does incredible amounts of damage to the undead. Fire Magi can eventually level up to level 4 Great Magi, which are walking killing machines, and Fire Magi do decent damage to most other units, especially trolls and skeletons. Magi are weak, however, so they need to be guarded by stronger units. Don't let the enemy have more than one attack position on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2959 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bay of Pearls ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill one or both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must fight the sea leader, a sea orc, bats, and nagas with the mermen. It will be nigh impossible for your horsemen and elves to wade to the island to fight the sea leader in time, so try to preserve your mermen for this. Mermen and nagas both have high defense in water, so combat can be a bit slow and frustrating. Concentrate three or four mermen on a single enemy unit at a time, rather than spreading your attacks piecemeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn, have Konrad recruit or recall some units. Which units, and in which order, is your first tactical decision. If you recruit/recall in pairs, with one fast (6 movement points or more) and one slow unit, then one will be able to move onto the island the next turn, while the other is still wading through the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, move Konrad to the cage on the island just to the east. This will free some mermen. (How many depends on whether you are playing on Easy, Medium, or Hard.) One of these can go open the second cage, and so on. There is another cage to the northeast, and one far to the north. Your second tactical decision is which of these two objectives will receive the bulk of your mermen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even further north is the Storm Trident, which can only be picked up by one of your mermen. This ranged attack will be crucial in defeating the sea leader. If you win the sea battle, you can use the mermen in one of two ways. You can harass or even assassinate the land orc leader, although you should expect heavy losses; Or, you can attempt to lure the land orcs into the water, where they will be easy prey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On land, you have to fight off a wave of orcs and trolls heading south and then west. Your third tactical decision is how far west to engage the enemy. Consider carefully the time of day! You are hindered by the limited recruitment you can do each turn, and how long it takes your elves and horsemen to trickle across the river.  You will probably need to advance and retreat your units several times, depending on time of day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Careful management of your killing blows should allow several units to get to Level 2. A charging horseman does so much damage it will be easy for the horsemen to get all the kills, but try to get at least Konrad, a shaman, the merman with the trident, and an elven fighter leveled up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outcome of this battle affects the next scenario you play. If you kill the sea leader you wind up on Isle of the Damned. If you kill the land leader you wind up on Muff Malal's Peninsula. If you kill both, you can choose. You fight undead either way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New players should take the land route to Muff Malal's Peninsula, where you can easily level up your existing units or collect an early finish bonus. Experienced players or those who are looking for an interesting tactical exercise may wish to consider the sea route to the Isle of the Damned: you can't recall any of your previous units (except mermen), but you can recruit outlaw-type humans and perhaps recruit a loyal White Mage for future scenarios. Note that this is the only opportunity to do so in the entire campaign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Overall, I got more mileage from elves compared to the outlaws you can recruit in the brief window of opportunity provided by the Isle of the Damned scenario. However, the White Mage you can pick up there is a godsend, plus you can give your mermen some much-needed experience by harassing the undead through hit-and-run attacks from all around the island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders, and the ability to choose the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3022 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Muff Malal's Peninsula ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an easy scenario, and your aim here should be to build up your gold by controlling most villages, while earning experience against enemy forces. The enemy recruits bats to capture villages, and hordes of Walking Corpses to keep you busy.  The occasional Dark Adept can be dangerous on Hard difficulty, but is vulnerable to melee attack, especially from knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One approach is to recall a few level 2 units supported by a mage. These units build a defensive position in the central part of the map, using hills and forest for cover, and hold off the first wave of Walking Corpses. Mounted troops capture villages in the north and west, and can charge down the flanks at daytime. A merman or two distract enemy bats and capture sea villages. If you can recall the merman that picked up the trident in Bay of Pearls, it will be able to dispatch bats easily on its own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During daytime, your main force advances to one of the villages in the south-east, where you wait for more Walking Corpses to attack. A level 2 melee unit (eg. Elvish Captain) can use the village defense bonus to survive attacks, and heal between turns. By the time it is low on hit points, it should be advancing to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should now control most villages and have some gold, so recruit or recall additional troops. Launch an offensive with your central force, supported by your horsemen advancing at the sides.  Don't forget to use Konrad in the attack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try to attack with human units only at day, when the undead are at their weakest, and hold the lines with your elves at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3178 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Isle of the Damned ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leaders, or survive for 27 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad is washed overboard during a storm, but is rescued by two mermen. You start out with 100 gold and cannot recall any units. You are joined by Urlaf, a level 2 Outlaw.  In addition to Mermen, you can recruit his friends: Thugs, Poachers and Footpads. This is the only time in the campaign that these units can be recruited, but any outlaw units surviving this scenario can be recalled later. Your gold from Bay of Pearls (minus the usual 20% discount) is saved for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is a White Mage with a holy sword which is very effective against undead. He is hiding in one of the three temples, and will join your cause if you find him. Beware: Xakae, a Revenant with a retinue of Walking Corpses, is waiting to ambush you in another temple. Moremirmu and Xakae are randomly placed; the third temple is always empty. Xakae and the Corpses can be a useful source of experience if you have the troops to deal with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mermen can be used succesfully to harrass the undead in their rear. Typically the undead responds by withdrawing forces to deal with your mermen. Occasionally this tactic can be used to isolate and trap an undead leader while their forces are busy with your land troops. Don't expect the mermen to survive, though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moremirmu is critical to winning but also quite fragile. He will die quickly if he is attacked by multiple undead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders. Moremirmu (and his holy sword) will join you in future scenarios only if both are defeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3179 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Siege of Elensefar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad arrives at the southern end of a large map. The island city of Elensefar dominates the center, and the cave of the necromancer Muff Jaanal is far to the north. The orcish warlord Agadla has taken the city. You know what to do!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to retake the city. You could choose to charge across the bridges and fight your way onto the island, taking heavy casualties from the level 2 orcish warriors along the way. Or, you can lure the orcs into the water where they are easy to hit. Remember that mermen, especially the one with the Storm Trident, move quickly and defend quite well in water or on the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will recieve some help from the Thieves Guild. Apparently, an orcish occupation is bad for business. They will either show you a hidden ford onto the island, or attack the north gate after you take one of the island villages. Whether you choose to storm the city, and which aid to accept, depends in large part on how much of a hurry you are in.  Every turn, the undead march southward, and you'll have quite a fight on your hands after they reinforce the orcs in the city proper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you defeat the orcs, you must fight your way north.  Fighting against the undead requires a different mix of units than fighting the orcs. Your mermen are too slow on land.  Horsemen and elvish units do reduced damage to skeletons.  Here, you need... mages.  Lots and lots of mages. And a paladin, if you've leveled a unit that high enough. Expect to spend many turns fighting through the northernmost six hexes. You are fighting in a cave, which slows your units down. Being underground, it is also treated as night for the time of day penalties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you should have either Konrad or a level 2 elven fighter with the Leadership ability. A unit adjacent to a leader receives a +25% bonus to damage. Likewise, carefully position shamen or white mages in your lines so they can heal wounded units.  Two adjacent healers will heal each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3224 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Crossroads ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the north-eastern enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two strategies: either to &amp;quot;run for it&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;kill them all&amp;quot;.  Which you choose will probably depend on whether you want to earn lots of gold, or level up lots of units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to run,  recall two turn's worth of troops.  Most should be level 2, but you should recruit one or two units as sacrifical lambs. Having two healers (who will stay adjacent to each other for mutual healing) is almost a necessity. Move the units in formation (probably in two packs) along the road. Do not be tempted to move units into the mountains.  The increased defence is not worth the risk of triggering ambushes. Drive your way to the leader in the northwest, kill them, and reap the early finish bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second strategy is to methodically destroy all enemy units on the map. Recruit two turns worth of units, and then drive south.  Overcome the southern leader, and recruit more troops in his castle.  Move back north, moving into every town and through the mountains, in order to trigger ambushes. This strategy is trickier to pull off, but careful management of your kills should allow you to level multiple units. (Just be careful not to run out of turns...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:  The first two villages that on the screen that you will likely attempt to grab trigger an Elvish Fighter and Elvish Archer to join your party and warn you about the hills.  Keep in mind that they, too, are Loyal troops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3281 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Princess of Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Subdue Li'sar to win&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad's life now takes an interesting turn, as he meets the Princess of Wesnoth, Li'sar.  Instead of dying when you &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; her, she surrenders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is supported by troops from the Loyalist faction. Even your tough level 2 units make tempting targets for her lawful horsemen; they will charge and probably kill them.  Use terrain and position sacrificial level 1 screening units while the sun is high. Likewise, you can try for a quick kill by charging Li'sar with your own horsemen or knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This otherwise straightforward battle is enlivened by reinforcements that Li'sar summons on turns 5 and 10.  Also, a level 2 Duelist will defend the Princess' honor when you approach her, appearing from the south of your position.  You can trigger his arrival by exploring the mountain with an entrance. Capture the villages on the eastern side as you cross the river, and position units to cover the north-eastern plain to prevent Li'sar's mounted units from capturing these villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this scenario, you should have learned a painful lesson in how the computer player targets its attacks...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3401 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Valley of Death ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Survive 12 turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two holy water bottles on the map. The unit which picks them up will have their melee attacks be holy for the duration of this scenario. These are especially useful for powerful melee units like Elvish Heroes or Champions which otherwise do little damage to the undead. Or, you could recruit Horsemen and have them grab the holy water.  They should easily level to level 2 Lancers or Knights, and maybe even to a Level 3 Paladin by the end of the scenario. As in previous scenarios, mages will be effective against most of the undead enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One strategy is recruit a large army, defeat one of the enemies, and hole up in that enemy's castle. The southern enemy is popular for this strategy. It apparently also works to pack the lake around the starting castle with mermen, and hole up there. Don't underestimate the power of the Walking Corpses (WCs) recruited by the eastern necromancer.  They are slow but there are so many that they can overwhelm and kill even your most powerful units if given the chance. On the other hand, do not underestimate the crowd-clearing ability of a Paladin or blessed Champion!  A WC will lurch next to your unit. It will attack.  It will die, leaving room for another WC to lurch forward. &lt;br /&gt;
(Windscion: Unfortunately, this is also a good way to get a high level unit killed: 10 WCs in one turn can be deadly. I prefer a line of archers backed by healers.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't have the money to recruit a large or powerful army, recruit a few Elvish Fighters and send them to the forest north of your castle. Their job is to slow the Revenant for several turns and then die gloriously. Flee with Konrad and the rest of your army to the south-east corner. If you're lucky, the WC horde will be too slow to reach you before the scenario ends. A cowardly tactic, yes -- but you'll survive...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you played Isle of The Damned without killing both Liches, and Moremirmu survived, then he will reinforce you with three White Mage buddies between turns 7-10. You can't recall them after this scenario, so they are expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy, which requires to have Moremirmu to help you and allows you to kill the three Liches, is to recruit 2 horsemen(or recall their leveled up units) and as many thieves as you can, send each horsemen to gather the bottles of holy water, and kill with them the northern and eastern Liches; don't send them the horseman to the northern Lich too quick, because if you do his army will focus on it, and it won't reach the Lich. Move Konrad, Delfador, the elf from the high elven council, and your thieves towards the southeast corner. The thieves be used as a barrier to protect your more important units; place them in woods, mountains or villages(never in plains) as soon as they can, so that the northern and eastern Liches concentrate on them and leave Konrad and his group alone. With some luck you'll kill the northern and eastern Liches around the same turn that Moremirmu appears, and Konrad and his group will survive enough time to have one of Moremirmu's white mages kill the Southern Lich during day time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus if you somehow manage to defeat all enemy leaders. If you do, feel free to boast about your accomplishment at the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=3402 forum discussion].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gryphon Mountain ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad starts in the lower left corner of the map.  General Robert, commanding Loyalist troops, is in the upper right.  In the middle of the map, surrounded by mountains, is the Mother Gryphon and three sleeping Gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you kill the Mother Gryphon before the Loyalists do, you will have access to gryphon eggs, allowing you to to recruit Gryphon Riders in future scenarios.  Opinions differ as to whether their ability to capture far-flung villages, safely lure enemy troops, and ability to pierce the map shroud are worth their high cost.  Even if you decide not to attack the Gryphons, the enemy will -- and then the wild beasts of the air might decide to attack you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick victory to earn the early finish bonus, head up the right side of the mountains.  To earn experience, head towards the Mother Gryphon, and the enemy will come to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing both the mother gryphon as well as the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ford of Abez ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Move Konrad to the north side of the river&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide Abez river cuts across the middle of the map from left to right, with Konrad starting on the lower right side.  Princess Li'sar starts on the lower left, and an orc band is on the north side of the river.  If you have lots of gold, if you have a plethora of well-seasoned fighting troops, and you think you're ready for a challenge, you could try and attack the Princess.  But do a save first; you'll need it after you are wiped out by her Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your major decision (after you learn that the Princess's escort is just too tough) is whether to have Konrad recruit for one turn or two.  Do not recruit land troops with less than five movement points, as they will have trouble wading across the ford. You're under immense time pressure.  The chaotic orcs will attack from the north, the Princess's lawful Loyalists will attack from the south, and... a new enemy (alignment: hungry) will be attacking from downstream.  Except for the hungry ones--who will be focused on killing anything in their path--all the enemies will be focused on killing Konrad. The hungry enemies might assist you somewhat as they will probably hit the orcs and humans before trying to snack on your forces.  Also, the orcs and humans will fight if they happen to cross paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember those loyal mermen from in the Bay of Pearls?  They should comprise your principal fighting force.  Be sure to send one downstream to acquire the Storm Trident there.  Lure the orcs into the water, where your mermen have excellent defence and the orcs are highly vulnerable.  If you captured the eggs last scenario, consider using a gryphon to distract the enemy.(Note in the latest version Gryphons are not available until a later scenario)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for getting Konrad onto dry land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [http://www.wesnoth.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=8716 forum discussion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Winter ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders (2 of them)&lt;br /&gt;
*Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
*Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
*Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, a random soldier&lt;br /&gt;
*Early finish bonus: ?? &amp;lt;!-- Uh, could someone fill this in? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Other:&lt;br /&gt;
**Snow falls on turns 6 and 10, making the tundra patches larger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively simple scenario. The quickest strategy is to recall a few Knights, Lancers, Paladins, and/or Grand Knights along with fresh Horsemen, kill the northwestern leader, then head east. The eastern leader's wolf riders will attempt to attack you through the center of the map, so be sure to place a few horsemen there. It's a good idea for Kalenz and Delfador to defend the southern mountains, as a few riders may come there as well. This is a good level for getting a large amount of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Dwarven Doors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Konrad to entrance of the Dwarfen Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 26&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Blidd, Kalenz, level 1 thug&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Find the correct entrance (the eastern one -- or the main one in version 1.3.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario offers the usual strategic choice -- run for the exit and an early finish bonus, or slowly and carefully exterminate the enemy forces.  If you choose to follow Delfador's advice and flee in terror, recruit one turn's worth of elven riders or gryphons to sacrifice as screening units.  If you choose to attack, you'll be in for a struggle.  For a real challenge, move to the middle of the map and get attacked from all sides... If you want to kill all three leaders, taking out the south eastern one with your full force and then splitting to take on both the others. Move Konrad near the exit (the eastern one!) so you can abort at any time. -- [v.1.3.4: moving directly to the eastern entrance does not work; it is blocked]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main door by the lake is barred from the inside.  Further, there is the usual tentacular horror hiding in the lake near the ancient subterranean Dwarven Kingdom. This means you will have to go into the entrance on the east.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you fought on the Isle of the Damned, one of your outlaws will tell you about a Bandit who will be willing to ally with you. The initial outlaw is expendable, the other one is loyal, though (no upkeep cost!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;coward&amp;quot; strategy for version 1.3.4 :&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, you get a elvish scout, who says he'll check the entrance to see if it is opened. Send him there, passing on the right of the mountains that are along the &amp;quot;path&amp;quot; to the entrance. This will stop the north western orcs from killing him too soon. Once that is done, move the scout to the north western mountains, to lure the ennemies there.&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit one turn worth of elvish scouts as sacrificial units. They'll lure the ennemies away from Konrad. For a higher chance of success, leave Delfador and Kalenz near your keep, in the south. Since Kalenz is weak, he can easily be killed before Konrad makes it to the cave entrance. Once Konrad is near the center of the map (and overwhelmed by orcs), move them North a bit, to attract ennemies to them. All you need to do now is move Konrad to the entrance as fast as possible. The cuttlefish should appear in the lake as you pass by it, which will delay the orcs some more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do It Quickly:&lt;br /&gt;
On the first turn recruit some units you may want to give experience to (and you're not afraid of losing them too), but choose only those having movement range 6 or greater. Then capture two nearest villages with Konrad and Delfador. Run straight north. The elf scout should be the leader to the doors and the only step off the straight path is to capture the village NE of the lake. This should unleash the octopus which will attract NW troops (not sure, tried only once)&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern and western opponents are lazy and more attracted to the villages income than to fight. So they will first go south to capture villages near your keep. Before they do, you'll be at the middle of the map.&lt;br /&gt;
If you recruited units with movement 6 and headed N without any stop, you're likely to be engaged at the pillars by some units from NW. Delfador and other leaders should have no problem dealing with them. Next attack may happen at the doors, one turn before Konrad reaches the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
I managed to do it, losing only one 1st level mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
I played on medium and found that I had only 20 turns. Killing all the orc leaders didn't end the game. You will still need to reach the door with Konrad. After reloading, I killed all the orc leaders AND managed to get Konrad to the door within 20 turns (20 exactly) but there was no bonus and I ended up with -ve gold because I had to recall all my veterans to kill the leaders. Finally, I adopted the coward's strategy. Created 5 Elvish scouts and 10 thieves and used them as canon fodder for the orcs. There were too many orcs and only 2 of the scouts survived but I ended up with 11 rounds of bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plunging into the Darkness ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the dwarves&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Secret pasage in southeastern part of the tunnel&lt;br /&gt;
** A very short and straightforward map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since you're reading this walkthrough, you'll also be interested in locating the secret passage leading to a chest of 200 gold pieces in the southwest. However, said chest is guarded by a rather nasty poison-biting, slow-web-throwing level 3 spider. Beware the blood bats, seek out a niche in the wall, and be wary exploring the secret passage!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: After this map, gryphon riders will finally be available for recruiting - provided you killed the Mother Gryphon during the Gryphon Mountain scenario previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: For the next three stages you don't have to use too many dwarven companions. All I needed was 2 fighters, 2 riders, 2 guardmen,and 2 thunderers. These fighters I use over and over leading them to all level up to level 3 and having lots of gold by the time I finish the cave levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lost General ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill all enemy leaders (there are two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador or Kalenz die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 64(!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing both enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving underground is slow, especially for elves.  Their fighters and archers are also ineffective against undead.  Outriders and slyphs might be worth recruiting, if you can afford them.  Likewise, gryphons and horsemen are bogged down.  Recruit dwarves for speed, and mages to back them up. (However, a griffon can pass the small pond quickly, and there are four towns on the other side.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are fighting Lionel, a former general turned Death Knight, who starts trapped in the south.  To the west is the usual orc/troll force.  In the north is a dwarven ally, although if you are too slow they will be overwhelmed by the orcs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dwarven fighters do well against the undead, while the Thunderers do best against the orcs and trolls.    If you choose to go for money, rush troops both south and north, reinforcing the native dwarves and triggering the appearance of the undead.  If you choose to go for experience, ignore the undead until you have killed the orcs, then return en masse to destroy the undead.  Don't take too long, as Lionel will break forth on turn 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to get to Lionel: an entrance opens in the pond on turn 19/20; and walls collapse when units move into tiles just south of the sign that says &amp;quot;Guest Quarters&amp;quot;, regardless of when this happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hasty Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Killing enemy leader + 200 Gold from Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li'sar is about to attack, when you are surrounded by orcs and trolls.  She joins forces with you to defeat the troll leader, bringing her Royal Guards and 500 gold worth of allied troops to the struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your greatest challenge will be to survive the first few turns, as the death of any of Konrad's companions will end the scenario.  &lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defeated the first wave, it is relatively easy to finish off any remaining trolls and move north to the troll leader.  Try and encourage your allies to go first and take the hefty damage from the Level 2 and Level 3 trolls, while your mages and dwarves get the experience for killing blows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Sceptre of Fire ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Capture the Scepter of Fire with Konrad or Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Gold gift from Li'sar: 300 on easy, 200 on medium, 100 on hard&lt;br /&gt;
** Milk this level for experience as there is no early finish bonus&lt;br /&gt;
** Randomly generated map&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The map changes each time, so if you're save-scumming, be sure to checkpoint right after the scenario starts, and replay once you know where the scepter is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give Li'sar the sceptre as it gives her a ranged attack. In a later scenario another artifact (melee weapon) will be available, although it may be given to any unit. Since it replaces the unit's melee attack, it may be better to give that to Konrad since his melee attack is not as powerful as Li'sar's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No early finish bonus, so if you have the gold, this is a good place to level up. If you do, poise the character who is going to pick up the Sceptre right next to it, then send everybody else up to attack. Since there is a large time limit, milk every unit you can for maximum experience. And remember, Dwarvish Lords came in very handy later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: in version 1.2.4 there is an early finish bonus.(for easy mode at least) It is still a good place (and idea) to level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: There is an early finish bonus for I had beat this stage within thirty turns and that had gave me a bonus of 37 gold per turn which multiplied to 185.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Choice Must Be Made ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either of the leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 33&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill either leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Next level depends on killed leader&lt;br /&gt;
*** Northern orcish leader will get you to the ''Snow Plains'' and the Flaming Sword&lt;br /&gt;
*** Southern undead leader will get you to the ''Swamp Of Dread'' and give you the chance to get lotsa gold&lt;br /&gt;
** Simply decide for one direction and block the bridge in the other direction unless you want to fight on two large fronts&lt;br /&gt;
** First real chance to level gryphons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill either leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must choose whether to go north or south. A Death Knight and the undead lie to the south, guarding the way to the Swamp of Dread. This path is easier, as the undead are hampered by the swampy terrain even more than you. To the north are the usual orc horde, fighting in the hills, a tougher battle. Your choice will affect which magic artifact you can get in the next level. Northwards are the Snow Plains, where a magic weapon awaits; south is the Undead Swamp, where one of your units can obtain better armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you go north or south, recruit a few level 1 units as sacrifices, or use fast-moving gryphons to delay the other force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: If you plan to head south against the undead leader, you can use your mermen - there are large tracts of swampy terrain for them to travel around in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip: Gryphon riders make excellent diversions if you need to draw the enemy's attention away, especially if you are headed north and need something to slow down the undead chasing you from the south. Fly a gryphon rider or two southwest and make village-stealing forays east towards the undead castle. A couple of faster undead (e.g. chocobones) will usually move far away enough to catch up to your main army, but the remaining units should be temporarily distracted by the gryphons and waste a few turns turning back to go after them. This should free the bulk of your forces to deal with the orcs in the hills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Diverging campaign path ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Snow Plains ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 43&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: Kill the leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Li'sar will tell you she does not like her mother&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Konrad will find the Flaming Sword (15-4 melee, fire, magical) hidden under the great tree in the northeast near the enemy keep.  It will take Konrad a while to slog through the snow, forest, and hills, so you'll have to think about how many turns he will recall units.  Dwarves will do well in the mountains, as will the flying gryphons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing the enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Swamp Of Dread ===&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of undead, but also many villages. You can earn lots of gold if you can capture and hold villages. It may be useful recruiting cheap units to defend villages against bats. One of the Death Knights drops the Void Armor when killed. The unit that picks it up will gain high resistance to physical damage (blade, impact and pierce). Since Li'sar is vulnerable to precisely those types of damage, you should probably give her the armor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all 5 enemy leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tip:This is another stage where you can use mermans specifically your strongest merman, merman priestess and ones with the tridents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home of the North Elves ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Reach the forest kingdom of Emetria&lt;br /&gt;
** Survive until turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 21&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 47 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
* Other:&lt;br /&gt;
** Your base will be dismantled after the first turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very large map with some interesting challenges.  First, Konrad needs to move all the way across to the right side, and if you're playing on Medium or Hard, you don't have many turns to waste.  Second, Fog of War is turned on, so you won't know where the enemy is until you blunder into them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, while both the orc and human sides will attack you, you can lure them into attacking each other.  The orcs start in the north central part of the map, while the humans begin in the southeast.  You must decide whether Konrad will try to sneak along the northern map edge, or try to thread between the two opponents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to win, Konrad must be in the Elvish castle by the end of the last turn.  The early finish bonus is rather substantial: 44 gp per turn. However, you only get it if you kill both enemy leaders. Also, if both leaders are dead, it no longer matters whether your hero has reached the elven castle. Therefore, if one's dead already, killing the other makes for a workable 'plan b' if you realise you're 4 turns away from the castle, but only 2 away from the timer running out. (In 1.1, the enemy camps have been reinforced, and it is no longer practical to kill the leaders.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.2.5:&lt;br /&gt;
In this version, the fastest and best way for me was to just make Konrad run alone. Don't recall any units as the elvish riders that appear can be cannon fodder if necessary. Start by moving near the river side until you see orcs in the distance. Proceed slowly and wait for them to engage the humans. Then a group of elves will rush in to fight both orcs and humans. Time your run carefully between the elven forces in a NE direction and you can avoid meeting any humans or orcs. I think I finished in 13 or 14 turns without a single shot being fired (or flaming sword being slashed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elven Council ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a cut-scene furthering the storyline.  No combat takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Return to Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Kill all three enemy leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three Halbardiers appear as enemy reinforcements in the lower southeastern corner of the map when you slay the nearest general, Josephus. The bridge across the river is a good place to establish a defensive position, since attackers have to use the beach and water hexes to attack. Use the forests to your advantage: elven troops are best in forest, while the loyalists and orcs are seriously slowed by the trees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early finish bonus for killing all enemy leaders: 27 Gold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test of the Clans ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat either all four leaders or 25 units in total&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 53&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 55 Gold per turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large map against mostly Knights, Horsemen and Bowmen. The map is mostly open plains which is ideal for horse-bound units. The easiest way to win the scenario is to keep all your units in one group and take them en mass to the enemy. Fast and powerful units like Grand Knights, Lancers or Paladins are important. Units with pierce attacks (Archers, Shydes, Knights) will do good damage to Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expect heavy losses from the charge attacks, but don't fret because this is the second-to-last scenario. You'll want to finish this scenario quickly to get a nice bonus for the next level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When any of the enemy leaders is killed, it is replaced with one or two knights (two or three in Hard). Reportedly, one way to win is to gang up on Bayar with fast units while attacking the south-eastern leader with the rest of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have a long field battle, you can put groups of dwarves or elves in the hills. The enemy will tend to attack the hills, thus giving you some advantage. Hills also make a good safe haven for healing your mounted units. Try to kill the south-eastern leader early so you don't have to divert so many of your resources to the south flank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to kill all the clan leaders before killing 25 units (which finishes the scenario), recruit a castle of healers, then recruit a good force of Gryphon Riders. Grab as many villages as is safe, and then position your Gryphons on the deep water in the lake. The next castleful of recruits is your main army and two more Gryphon rides. March this south, take out the south-east leader and then send the two Gryphons to the group in the lake. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the majority of the northwest leader's troops move away from him, assassinate him with your Gryphons.  He should die in 1-2 rounds of attacks assuming you don't lose too many of your troops.  In the south-east, recruit a couple of castles worth of Gryphon Riders and send them west to take on the Southwest (black) leader, all the while keeping your main force just out of range of attackers if at all possible.  As your Gryphons cross the river on the offensive, the AI usually moves troops back in to defend with. You should be able to out-run these. Converge all the Gryphons you have left on the middle leader (purple).  I won around turn 25 giving me around 1600 gold to start the last scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Battle for Wesnoth ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Asheviere&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz or Li'sar die or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 60&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Konrad, Delfador, Kalenz, Li'sar, as many Grand Knights as you defeated in the last map&lt;br /&gt;
* Early finish bonus: 46&lt;br /&gt;
Scenario objectives: Defeat Asheviere and, by killing her, reclaim the throne. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One good strategy for this scenario is to set up camp around your fort and let the enemy come to you. You'll want to make sure the units on your front line can survive the beating they receive for one turn, and then you rotate them with freshly healed units. Don't attack the attackers if it means your unit won't have enough hit points to survive the next thrashing. Three or four healers will be needed behind the lines, and keep them fully occupied (remember that healers will heap 8HP to every unit adjacent to them. They're like walking sets of 6 villages). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For front-line units, level one Dwarvish Guardsman are excellent; they'll take a good beating but not lose too many hit points because of their steadfast attribute. Because they don't lose many HP, they'll also heal quickly. Only attack the enemy if no hit points will be lost. Guardsmen can throw a spear at the attacker on every turn if the attacker has no ranged attack. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other units that are good for the front line are any unit with more than 50HP. Elvish Marshals will make your Dwarvish Guardsmen even more awesome. Dwarvish Lords have an incredible 79HP and can dish it out back to the enemy. Unfortunately, after a good thrashing, these units will take a long time to heal back up because of the large number of HP lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any Assassins, rotate them up and down the line poisoning each enemy unit. The enemies have very few villages available to them, so with three Assassins you can poison half the army until the enemies have a bunch of level three units walking around with 1HP each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the enemy has no army left, you can just wander up to Asheviere and discuss her resignation over a cup of hot tea. Asheviere has exactly 48 HP, so three hits of a 16-damage weapon, like the Scepter, or four 12-damage hits, is enough for the kill. Or you could surround her with about 20 Elvish Shamans and get the last little bit of fun juice out of this game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A quick assassination can even be performed by Master Gryphons or even sometimes Gryphon Riders: you can recruit a castle of them on turn 1, send them south, elude enemy forces sent by the general in the futile attempt to catch you, then approach Asheviere for the kill (she will not have many troops at her own protection). Using this strategy, I won on turn 6 (and without losses). Swarming all four enemies with 6 new knights each turn is a very effective distraction strategy. Asheviere may divert about half of her force to destory the gryphons. If this happens, congratulations. This means you've won. You should have still about 20 living Knights, and you should easily break through her lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good bonus from The Test of the Clans should be enough to win this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also == &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Darkaros</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>